Until now PostgreSQL has not been very smart about optimizing away IS
NOT NULL base quals on columns defined as NOT NULL. The evaluation of
these needless quals adds overhead. Ordinarily, anyone who came
complaining about that would likely just have been told to not include
the qual in their query if it's not required. However, a recent bug
report indicates this might not always be possible.
Bug 17540 highlighted that when we optimize Min/Max aggregates the IS NOT
NULL qual that the planner adds to make the rewritten plan ignore NULLs
can cause issues with poor index choice. That particular case
demonstrated that other quals, especially ones where no statistics are
available to allow the planner a chance at estimating an approximate
selectivity for can result in poor index choice due to cheap startup paths
being prefered with LIMIT 1.
Here we take generic approach to fixing this by having the planner check
for NOT NULL columns and just have the planner remove these quals (when
they're not needed) for all queries, not just when optimizing Min/Max
aggregates.
Additionally, here we also detect IS NULL quals on a NOT NULL column and
transform that into a gating qual so that we don't have to perform the
scan at all. This also works for join relations when the Var is not
nullable by any outer join.
This also helps with the self-join removal work as it must replace
strict join quals with IS NOT NULL quals to ensure equivalence with the
original query.
Author: David Rowley, Richard Guo, Andy Fan
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqg6XZDhYRPz0zgOcevSMo0d3vxA9DvHrZtKfqO30WTnw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17540-7aa1855ad5ec18b4%40postgresql.org
GetNamedDSMSegment() doesn't check whether dsm_attach() returns
NULL, which creates the possibility of a NULL pointer dereference
soon after. To fix, emit an ERROR if dsm_attach() returns NULL.
This shouldn't happen, but it would be nice to avoid a segfault if
it does. In passing, tidy up the surrounding code.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3348869.1705854106%40sss.pgh.pa.us
This commit fixes an error message that failed to show the correct
function and library names when a function cannot be loaded.
While on it, adjust the call to load_external_function() so as this
ERROR can be reached, by making load_external_function() return NULL
rather than fail if a function cannot be found for a given injection
point.
Thinkos in d86d20f0ba.
1. The memcpy()s in InjectionPointAttach() would copy garbage from
beyond the end of input string to the buffer in shared memory. You
won't usually notice, but if there is not enough valid mapped memory
beyond the end of the string, the read of unmapped memory will
segfault. This was flagged by the Cirrus CI build with address
sanitizer enabled.
2. The memcpy() in injection_point_cache_add() failed to copy the NULL
terminator.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/0615a424-b726-4157-afa7-4245629f9512%40iki.fi
When a pipeline is opened with \startpipeline and not closed, pgbench
will either error on the next transaction with a "already in pipeline
mode" error or successfully end if this was the last transaction --
despite not sending anything that was piped in the pipeline.
Make it an error to reach end of script is reached while there's an
open pipeline.
Backpatch to 14, where pgbench got support for pipelines.
Author: Anthonin Bonnefoy <anthonin.bonnefoy@datadoghq.com>
Reported-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Za4IObZkDjrO4TcS@paquier.xyz
This was previously fixed in 9e215378d but got broken again as a result
of 2489d76c4. It seems that commit causes ppi_clauses to contain
duplicate clauses and it's no longer safe to check the list_length of
that list to determine if there are join conditions other than what's
mentioned in ppi_clauses.
Here we adjust the check to count the distinct rinfo_serial mentioned in
ppi_clauses. We expect that extra->restrictlist won't have duplicate
rinfo_serials.
Reported-by: Amadeo Gallardo
Author: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADFREbW-BLJd7-a5J%2B5wjVumeFG1ByXiSOFzMtkmY_SDWckTxw%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16, where 2489d76c4 was introduced.
This provides basic coverage for injection points within a single
process, while providing some callbacks that can be used for other
tests. There are plans to extend this module later with more
advanced capabilities for tests.
Author: Michael Paquier, with comment fixes from Ashutosh Bapat.
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat, Nathan Bossart, Álvaro Herrera, Dilip
Kumar, Amul Sul, Nazir Bilal Yavuz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZTiV8tn_MIb_H2rE@paquier.xyz
Injection points are a new facility that makes possible for developers
to run custom code in pre-defined code paths. Its goal is to provide
ways to design and run advanced tests, for cases like:
- Race conditions, where processes need to do actions in a controlled
ordered manner.
- Forcing a state, like an ERROR, FATAL or even PANIC for OOM, to force
recovery, etc.
- Arbitrary sleeps.
This implements some basics, and there are plans to extend it more in
the future depending on what's required. Hence, this commit adds a set
of routines in the backend that allows developers to attach, detach and
run injection points:
- A code path calling an injection point can be declared with the macro
INJECTION_POINT(name).
- InjectionPointAttach() and InjectionPointDetach() to respectively
attach and detach a callback to/from an injection point. An injection
point name is registered in a shmem hash table with a library name and a
function name, which will be used to load the callback attached to an
injection point when its code path is run.
Injection point names are just strings, so as an injection point can be
declared and run by out-of-core extensions and modules, with callbacks
defined in external libraries.
This facility is hidden behind a dedicated switch for ./configure and
meson, disabled by default.
Note that backends use a local cache to store callbacks already loaded,
cleaning up their cache if a callback has found to be removed on a
best-effort basis. This could be refined further but any tests but what
we have here was fine with the tests I've written while implementing
these backend APIs.
Author: Michael Paquier, with doc suggestions from Ashutosh Bapat.
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat, Nathan Bossart, Álvaro Herrera, Dilip
Kumar, Amul Sul, Nazir Bilal Yavuz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZTiV8tn_MIb_H2rE@paquier.xyz
When evaluating a query with a multi-column GROUP BY clause, we can minimize
sort operations or avoid them if we synchronize the order of GROUP BY clauses
with the ORDER BY sort clause or sort order, which comes from the underlying
query tree. Grouping does not imply any ordering, so we can compare
the keys in arbitrary order, and a Hash Agg leverages this. But for Group Agg,
we simply compared keys in the order specified in the query. This commit
explores alternative ordering of the keys, trying to find a cheaper one.
The ordering of group keys may interact with other parts of the query, some of
which may not be known while planning the grouping. For example, there may be
an explicit ORDER BY clause or some other ordering-dependent operation higher up
in the query, and using the same ordering may allow using either incremental
sort or even eliminating the sort entirely.
The patch always keeps the ordering specified in the query, assuming the user
might have additional insights.
This introduces a new GUC enable_group_by_reordering so that the optimization
may be disabled if needed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7c79e6a5-8597-74e8-0671-1c39d124c9d6%40sigaev.ru
Author: Andrei Lepikhov, Teodor Sigaev
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Claudio Freire, Gavin Flower, Dmitry Dolgov
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Pavel Borisov, David Rowley, Zhihong Yu
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alexander Korotkov, Richard Guo, Alena Rybakina
Target columns in UPDATE ... SET must not be qualified with the target
table; we disallow this because it'd create ambiguity about which name
is the column name in case of field-qualified names. However, newbies
have been seen to expect that they could qualify a target name just
like other names. The error message when they do is confusing:
"column "foo" of relation "foo" does not exist". To improve matters,
issue a HINT if the invalid name is qualified and matches the
relation's alias.
James Coleman (editorialized a bit by me)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe8S2Qa060UV-YF5GoSd5PkEhLV94x-fEi3=TOtpaXCV+w@mail.gmail.com
These support functions will transform expressions with constant
range values into direct comparisons on the range bound values,
which are frequently better-optimizable. The transformation is
skipped however if it would require double evaluation of a
volatile or expensive element expression.
Along the way, add the range opfamily OID to range typcache entries,
since load_rangetype_info has to compute that anyway and it seems
silly to duplicate the work later.
Kim Johan Andersson and Jian He, reviewed by Laurenz Albe
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/94f64d1f-b8c0-b0c5-98bc-0793a34e0851@kimmet.dk
Presently, the most straightforward way for a shared library to use
shared memory is to request it at server startup via a
shmem_request_hook, which requires specifying the library in
shared_preload_libraries. Alternatively, the library can create a
dynamic shared memory (DSM) segment, but absent a shared location
to store the segment's handle, other backends cannot use it. This
commit introduces a registry for DSM segments so that these other
backends can look up existing segments with a library-specified
string. This allows libraries to easily use shared memory without
needing to request it at server startup.
The registry is accessed via the new GetNamedDSMSegment() function.
This function handles allocating the segment and initializing it
via a provided callback. If another backend already created and
initialized the segment, it simply attaches the segment.
GetNamedDSMSegment() locks the registry appropriately to ensure
that only one backend initializes the segment and that all other
backends just attach it.
The registry itself is comprised of a dshash table that stores the
DSM segment handles keyed by a library-specified string.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Andrei Lepikhov, Nikita Malakhov, Robert Haas, Bharath Rupireddy, Zhang Mingli, Amul Sul
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231205034647.GA2705267%40nathanxps13
Since 5a1dfde833, 2PC filenames use FullTransactionId. Thus, it needs to
convert TransactionId to FullTransactionId in StandbyTransactionIdIsPrepared()
using TransamVariables->nextXid. However, ProcArrayApplyRecoveryInfo()
first releases locks with usage StandbyTransactionIdIsPrepared(), then advances
TransamVariables->nextXid. This sequence of actions could cause errors.
This commit makes ProcArrayApplyRecoveryInfo() advance
TransamVariables->nextXid before releasing locks.
Reported-by: Thomas Munro, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLj_ve1_pNAnxwYU9rDcv7GOhsYXJt7jMKSA%3D5-6ss-Cw%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Zadp9f4E1MYvMJqe%40paquier.xyz
This is support function 12 for the GiST AM and translates
"well-known" RT*StrategyNumber values into whatever strategy number is
used by the opclass (since no particular numbers are actually
required). We will use this to support temporal PRIMARY
KEY/UNIQUE/FOREIGN KEY/FOR PORTION OF functionality.
This commit adds two implementations, one for internal GiST opclasses
(just an identity function) and another for btree_gist opclasses. It
updates btree_gist from 1.7 to 1.8, adding the support function for
all its opclasses.
Author: Paul A. Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: jian he <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+renyUApHgSZF9-nd-a0+OPGharLQLO=mDHcY4_qQ0+noCUVg@mail.gmail.com
Given an already-initialized hash state and a NUL-terminated string,
accumulate the hash of the string into the hash state and return the
length for the caller to (optionally) save for the finalizer. This
avoids a strlen call.
If the string pointer is aligned, we can use a word-at-a-time
algorithm for NUL lookahead. The aligned case is only used on 64-bit
platforms, since it's not worth the extra complexity for 32-bit.
Handling the tail of the string after finishing the word-wise loop
was inspired by NetBSD's strlen(), but no code was taken since that
is written in assembly language.
As demonstration, use this in the search path cache. This brings the
general case performance closer to the special case optimization done
in commit a86c61c9ee. There are other places that could benefit, but
that is left for future work.
Jeff Davis and John Naylor
Reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas, Jian He, Junwang Zhao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3820f030fd008ff14134b3e9ce5cc6dd623ed479.camel%40j-davis.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b40292c99e623defe5eadedab1d438cf51a4107c.camel%40j-davis.com
It can be useful for a hash function to expose separate initialization,
accumulation, and finalization steps. In particular, this is useful
for building inline hash functions for simplehash. Instead of trying
to whack around hash_bytes while maintaining its current behavior on
all platforms, we base this work on fasthash (MIT licensed) which
is simple, faster than hash_bytes for inputs over 12 bytes long,
and also passes the hash function testing suite SMHasher.
The fasthash functions have been reimplemented using our added-on
incremental interface to validate that this method will still give
the same answer, provided we have the input length ahead of time.
This functionality lives in a new header hashfn_unstable.h. The name
implies we have the freedom to change things across versions that
would be unacceptable for our other hash functions that are used for
e.g. hash indexes and hash partitioning. As such, these should only
be used for in-memory data structures like hash tables. There is also
no guarantee of being independent of endianness or pointer size.
As demonstration, use fasthash for pgstat_hash_hash_key. Previously
this called the 32-bit murmur finalizer on the three elements,
then joined them with hash_combine(). The new function is simpler,
faster and takes up less binary space. While the collision and bias
behavior were almost certainly fine with the previous coding, now we
have objective confidence of that.
There are other places that could benefit from this, but that is left
for future work.
Reviewed by Jeff Davis, Heikki Linnakangas, Jian He, Junwang Zhao
Credit to Andres Freund for the idea
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231122223432.lywt4yz2bn7tlp27%40awork3.anarazel.de
All commands accepting arguments, handling them with OT_NORMAL, OT_SQLID
or OT_SQLIDHACK, should call ignore_slash_options() in inactive branch
to scan and discard extra arguments. All the backslash commands that
handle arguments do so, except \bind.
This commit adds the missing ignore_slash_options to \bind's inactive
branch. This inconsistency is a logic bug, however the behavior happens
to be unchanged as any extra arguments are discarded later in
HandleSlashCmds(), so no backpatch is done.
While on it, this adds \bind to the list of backslash commands where
inactive \if branches are checked in the tests for psql.
Reported-by: Jelte Fennema-Nio
Author: Anthonin Bonnefoy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQR1+udGKz+FbHiCQ7CWDiF1fCGi2xYuvQUODdMAfJbaLA@mail.gmail.com
This commit adds some notes about the inability to remove superuser
privileges from the bootstrap superuser. This has been blocked
since commit e530be2c5c, but it wasn't intended be a supported
feature before that, either.
In passing, change "bootstrap user" to "bootstrap superuser" in a
couple places.
Author: Yurii Rashkovskii
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, David G. Johnston
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BRLCQzSx_eTC2Fch0EzeNHD3zFUcPvBYOoB%2BpPScFLch1DEQw%40mail.gmail.com
Some code in DiscreteKnapsack() attempted to zero all words in a
Bitmapset by performing bms_del_members() to delete all the members from
itself before replacing those members with members from another set.
When that code was written, this was a valid way to manipulate the set
in such a way to save from palloc having to be called to allocate a new
Bitmapset. However, 00b41463c modified Bitmapsets so that an empty set is
*always* represented as NULL and this breaks the optimization as the
Bitmapset code will always pfree the memory when the set becomes empty.
Since DiscreteKnapsack() has been coded to avoid as many unneeded
allocations as possible, it seems risky to not fix this. Here we add
bms_replace_members() to effectively perform an in-place copy of another
set, reusing the memory of the existing set, when possible.
This got broken in v16, but no backpatch for now as there've been no
complaints.
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvoTCBkBU2PJghNOFUiO0q=QP4WAWHi5sJP6_4=b2WodrA@mail.gmail.com
plpgsql fails on new-style CREATE FUNCTION/PROCEDURE commands within
a routine or DO block, because make_execsql_stmt believes that a
semicolon token always terminates a SQL command. Now, that's actually
been wrong since the day it was written, because CREATE RULE has long
allowed multiple rule actions separated by semicolons. But there are
few enough people using multi-action rules that there was never an
attempt to fix it. New-style SQL functions, though, are popular.
psql has this same problem of "does this semicolon really terminate
the command?". It deals with CREATE RULE by counting parenthesis
nesting depth: a semicolon within parens doesn't end a command.
Commits e717a9a18 and 029c5ac03 created a similar heuristic to count
matching BEGIN/END pairs (but only within CREATEs, so as not to be
fooled by plain BEGIN). That's survived several releases now without
trouble reports, so let's just absorb those heuristics into plpgsql.
Per report from Samuel Dussault. Back-patch to v14 where new-style
SQL function syntax came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YT2PR01MB88552C3E9AD40A6C038774A781722@YT2PR01MB8855.CANPRD01.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
Commit cb970240f1 moved some code from
lazy_scan_heap() to lazy_scan_prune(), and now some things that used to
need to be passed back and forth are completely local to lazy_scan_prune().
Hence, this struct is mostly obsolete. The only thing that still
needs to be passed back to the caller is has_lpdead_items, and that's
also passed back by lazy_scan_noprune(), so do it the same way in both
cases.
Melanie Plageman, reviewed and slightly revised by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_aM=OL85AOr-80wBsCr=vLVzhnaavqkVPRkFBtD0zsuLQ@mail.gmail.com
Most of the output parameters of lazy_scan_prune() were being
used to update the VM in lazy_scan_heap(). Moving that code into
lazy_scan_prune() simplifies lazy_scan_heap() and requires less
communication between the two.
This change permits some further code simplification, but that
is left for a separate commit.
Melanie Plageman, reviewed by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_aM=OL85AOr-80wBsCr=vLVzhnaavqkVPRkFBtD0zsuLQ@mail.gmail.com
If there are no indexes on a relation, items can be marked LP_UNUSED
instead of LP_DEAD when pruning. This significantly reduces WAL
volume, since we no longer need to emit one WAL record for pruning
and a second to change the LP_DEAD line pointers thus created to
LP_UNUSED.
Melanie Plageman, reviewed by Andres Freund, Peter Geoghegan, and me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_bgvb_k0gKOXWzNKWHt560R0smrGe3E8zewKPs8fiMKkw%40mail.gmail.com
Due to the commit c5385929 which made all Perl warnings to fatal, use
of PostgreSQL::Test::Cluster:psql() and safe_psql() with timeout
started to fail with the following error:
Use of uninitialized value $ret in bitwise and (&) at
..src/test/perl/PostgreSQL/Test/Cluster.pm line 2015.
Fix that by placing $ret conversion code in psql() in an if (defined
$ret) block.
With this change, the behavior of psql() becomes same as before, that
is, the whole function returns undef on timeout, which is usefully
different from returning 0.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/06f899fd-1826-05ab-42d6-adeb1fd5e200%40eisentraut.org
A REINDEX INDEX done on a partitioned index builds a list of the indexes
to work on before processing its partitions in individual transactions.
When combined with a DROP of the partitioned index, there was a window
where it was possible to see some unexpected "could not open relation
with OID", synonym of relation lookup error. The code was robust enough
to handle the case where the parent relation is missing, but not the
case where an index would be gone missing.
This is similar to 1d65416661.
Support for REINDEX on partitioned relations has been introduced in
a6642b3ae0, so backpatch down to 14.
Author: Fei Changhong
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/tencent_6A52106095ACDE55333E3AD33F304C0C3909@qq.com
Backpatch-through: 14
try_index_open() is able to open an index if its relkind fits, except
that it would return NULL instead of generated an error if the relation
does not exist. This new routine will be used by an upcoming patch to
make REINDEX on partitioned relations more robust when an index in a
partition tree is dropped.
Extracted from a larger patch by the same author.
Author: Fei Changhong
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/tencent_6A52106095ACDE55333E3AD33F304C0C3909@qq.com
Backpatch-through: 14
The query checks that pg_database.dathasloginevt is unset on connect when
there are no event triggers. However, unsetting this flag is implemented in
a non-blocking way, so a concurrent autovacuum connection breaks this check.
It doesn't seem we can do much with this, at least within a regression test.
So, remove it.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/44807d19-81a6-3884-3e0f-22dd99aac3ed%40gmail.com
The comment was copy-pasted from the call to ProcSignalInit() in
AuxiliaryProcessMain(), which uses a similar scheme of having reserved
slots for aux processes after MaxBackends slots for backends. However,
ProcSignalInit() indexing starts from 1, whereas BackendStatusArray
starts from 0. The code is correct, but the comment was wrong.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/f3ecd4cb-85ee-4e54-8278-5fabfb3a4ed0@iki.fi
Backpatch-through: v14
If configuring the newly created socket non-blocking fails we
error out and return INVALID_SOCKET, but the socket that had
been created wasn't closed. Fix by issuing closesocket in the
errorpath.
Backpatch to all supported branches.
Author: Ranier Vilela <ranier.vf@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQApmU5CrKefH85VbNYE2y8H=-qqEJbg6RAPU65+vCe+89A@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: v12
These comments explained how these functions behave internally, and the
equivalent is described in the documentation section dedicated to the
pipeline mode of libpq. Let's remove these comments, getting rid of the
duplication with the docs.
Reported-by: Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202401150949.wq7ynlmqxphy@alvherre.pgsql
This commit adds XML_PARSE_HUGE to the libxml2 functions used in core
for the parsing of XML objects, raising up the original limit of 10MB
supported by libxml2.
In most code paths of upstream, XML_MAX_TEXT_LENGTH (10^7) is the
historical limit that gets upgraded to XML_MAX_HUGE_LENGTH (10^9) once
XML_PARSE_HUGE is given to the parser calls. These are still limited by
any palloc() calls for text, up to 1GB.
This offers the possibility to handle within the backend XML objects
larger than 10MB in general, with also a higher depth limit. This
change affects the contrib module xml2, the xml data type and SQL/XML.
Author: Dmitry Koval
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18274-98d16bc03520665f@postgresql.org
Currently, when source data contains unexpected data regarding data type or
range, the entire COPY fails. However, in some cases, such data can be ignored
and just copying normal data is preferable.
This commit adds a new option SAVE_ERROR_TO, which specifies where to save the
error information. When this option is specified, COPY skips soft errors and
continues copying.
Currently, SAVE_ERROR_TO only supports "none". This indicates error information
is not saved and COPY just skips the unexpected data and continues running.
Later works are expected to add more choices, such as 'log' and 'table'.
Author: Damir Belyalov, Atsushi Torikoshi, Alex Shulgin, Jian He
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87k31ftoe0.fsf_-_%40commandprompt.com
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule, Andres Freund, Tom Lane, Daniel Gustafsson,
Reviewed-by: Alena Rybakina, Andy Fan, Andrei Lepikhov, Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, Atsushi Torikoshi
7d58f2342 added a compile-time option to have bitmapset.c reallocate the
set before returning when a set is modified. That commit failed to do
its job in various cases and returned the input set when it shouldn't
have in these cases. Here we fix those missing cases.
This commit also adds some documentation about what
REALLOCATE_BITMAPSETS is for. This is important as future functions
that go inside bitmapset.c need to know if they need to do anything
special when this compile-time option is defined.
Also, between 71a3e8c43 and 7d58f2342 some Asserts seem to have become
duplicated. Tidy these up. Rather than having the Assert check each
aspect of what makes a set invalid, here we introduce a helper function
which returns false when a set is invalid and have the Asserts use this
instead.
Also, make a pass on improving the comments in bitmapset.c. Various
comments mentioned the input sets being "recycled". This could be
interpreted to mean that the output set will always point to the same
memory as the given input parameter. Here we try to make it clear that
this must not be relied upon and that callers must ensure that all
references to a given set are updated on each modification.
In passing, improve comments for bms_union(), bms_intersect() and
bms_difference() to detail what they do. I (David) have too often had to
remind myself by reading the code each time to find out if I need, for
example, to use bms_union() or bms_join(). I also removed some
low-value comments that were trying to convey information about "these
operations" without mentioning which operations it was talking about.
It seems better to document these things in the function header comment
instead.
Author: Richard Guo, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-djy9qYux2gZrtmxA0StrYXJjvB-oqLxn-d7J88t=PQQ@mail.gmail.com
Previously, when lazy_scan_noprune() was called and returned true, we would
update the FSM immediately if the relation had no indexes or if the page
contained no dead items. On the other hand, when lazy_scan_prune() was
called, we would update the FSM if either of those things was true or
if index vacuuming was disabled. Eliminate that behavioral difference by
considering vacrel->do_index_vacuuming in both cases.
Also, make lazy_scan_heap() responsible for deciding whether to update
the FSM, instead of doing it inside lazy_scan_noprune(). This is
more consistent with the lazy_scan_prune() case. lazy_scan_noprune()
still needs an output parameter for whether there are LP_DEAD items
on the page, but the real decision-making now happens in the caller.
Patch by me, reviewed by Peter Geoghegan and Melanie Plageman.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaOzvN1TcHd9iej=PR3fY40En1USxzOnXSR2CxCLaRM0g@mail.gmail.com
Previously, identity columns were disallowed on partitioned tables.
(The reason was mainly that no one had gotten around to working
through all the details to make it work.) This makes it work now.
Some details on the behavior:
* A newly created partition inherits identity property
The partitions of a partitioned table are integral part of the
partitioned table. A partition inherits identity columns from the
partitioned table. An identity column of a partition shares the
identity space with the corresponding column of the partitioned
table. In other words, the same identity column across all
partitions of a partitioned table share the same identity space.
This is effected by sharing the same underlying sequence.
When INSERTing directly into a partition, the sequence associated
with the topmost partitioned table is used to calculate the value of
the corresponding identity column.
In regular inheritance, identity columns and their properties in a
child table are independent of those in its parent tables. A child
table does not inherit identity columns or their properties
automatically from the parent. (This is unchanged.)
* Attached partition inherits identity column
A table being attached as a partition inherits the identity property
from the partitioned table. This should be fine since we expect
that the partition table's column has the same type as the
partitioned table's corresponding column. If the table being
attached is a partitioned table, the identity properties are
propagated down its partition hierarchy.
An identity column in the partitioned table is also marked as NOT
NULL. The corresponding column in the partition needs to be marked
as NOT NULL for the attach to succeed.
* Drop identity property when detaching partition
A partition's identity column shares the identity space
(i.e. underlying sequence) as the corresponding column of the
partitioned table. If a partition is detached it can longer share
the identity space as before. Hence the identity columns of the
partition being detached loose their identity property.
When identity of a column of a regular table is dropped it retains
the NOT NULL constraint that came with the identity property.
Similarly the columns of the partition being detached retain the NOT
NULL constraints that came with identity property, even though the
identity property itself is lost.
The sequence associated with the identity property is linked to the
partitioned table (and not the partition being detached). That
sequence is not dropped as part of detach operation.
* Partitions with their own identity columns are not allowed.
* The usual ALTER operations (add identity column, add identity
property to existing column, alter properties of an indentity
column, drop identity property) are supported for partitioned
tables. Changing a column only in a partitioned table or a
partition is not allowed; the change needs to be applied to the
whole partition hierarchy.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat.oss@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAExHW5uOykuTC+C6R1yDSp=o8Q83jr8xJdZxgPkxfZ1Ue5RRGg@mail.gmail.com
As in c27f8621ee et al.
Not as critical as other cases we've handled, but I figure if we're
going to add JsonbTableRoutine using TableFuncRoutine, this makes it
easier to jump around the code.
Commit b8ba7344e9 added in PQgetResult a derefence to a pointer
returned by pqPrepareAsyncResult(), before some other code that was
already testing that pointer for nullness. But since commit
618c16707a (in Postgres 15), pqPrepareAsyncResult() doesn't ever
return NULL (a statically-allocated result is returned if OOM). So in
branches 15 and up, we can remove the redundant pointer check with no
harm done.
However, in branch 14, pqPrepareAsyncResult() can indeed return NULL if
it runs out of memory. Fix things there by adding a null pointer check
before dereferencing the pointer. This should hint Coverity that the
preexisting check is not redundant but necessary.
Backpatch to 14, like b8ba7344e9.
Per Coverity.
This new function is equivalent to PQpipelineSync(), except that it does
not flush anything to the server except if the size threshold of the
output buffer is reached; the user must subsequently call PQflush()
instead.
Its purpose is to reduce the system call overhead of pipeline mode, by
giving to applications more control over the timing of the flushes when
manipulating commands in pipeline mode.
Author: Anton Kirilov
Reviewed-by: Jelte Fennema-Nio, Robert Haas, Álvaro Herrera, Denis
Laxalde, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACV6eE5arHFZEA717=iKEa_OewpVFfWJOmsOdGrqqsr8CJVfWQ@mail.gmail.com
When removing a useless join, we'd remove PHVs that are not used at join
partner rels or above the join. A PHV that references the join's relid
in ph_eval_at is logically "above" the join and thus should not be
removed. We have the following check for that:
!bms_is_member(ojrelid, phinfo->ph_eval_at)
However, in the case of SJE removing a useless inner join, 'ojrelid' is
set to -1, which would trigger the "negative bitmapset member not
allowed" error in bms_is_member().
Fix it by skipping examining ojrelid for inner joins in this check.
Reported-by: Zuming Jiang
Bug: #18260
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18260-1b6a0c4ae311b837%40postgresql.org
Author: Richard Guo
Reviewed-by: Andrei Lepikhov
Most of these tests have been introduced in 6dd8b00807, to check for
behaviors related to hashing and hash plans, and money is a data type
with btree support but no hash functions. These tests are switched to
use varbit instead, to provide the same coverage.
Some other tests historically used money but don't really need it for
what they wanted to test (see rules.sql). Plans and coverage are
unchanged after the modifications done here.
Support for money may be removed a a later point, but this needs more
discussion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18240-c5da758d7dc1ecf0@postgresql.org
When ExecBRUpdateTriggers switches to a new target tuple as a result
of the EvalPlanQual logic, it must form a new proposed update tuple.
Since commit 86dc90056, that tuple (the result of
ExecGetUpdateNewTuple) has been a virtual tuple that might contain
pointers to by-ref fields of the new target tuple (in "oldslot").
However, immediately after that we materialize oldslot, causing it to
drop its buffer pin, whereupon the by-ref pointers are unsafe to use.
This is a live bug only when the new target tuple is in a different
page than the original target tuple, since we do still hold a pin on
the original one. (Before 86dc90056, there was no bug because the
EPQ plantree would hold a pin on the new target tuple; but now that's
not assured.) To fix, forcibly materialize the new tuple before we
materialize oldslot. This costs nothing since we would have done that
shortly anyway.
The real-world impact of this is probably minimal. A visible failure
could occur if the new target tuple's buffer were recycled for some
other page in the short interval before we materialize newslot within
the trigger-calling loop; but that's quite unlikely given that we'd
just touched that page. There's a larger hazard that some other
process could prune and repack that page within the window. We have
lock on the new target tuple, but that wouldn't prevent it being moved
on the page.
Alexander Lakhin and Tom Lane, per bug #17798 from Alexander Lakhin.
Back-patch to v14 where 86dc90056 came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17798-0907404928dcf0dd@postgresql.org
The pg_amcheck test reports a skip message if the layout of the index
does not match expectations. That message includes the bytes that
were expected and the ones that were found. But the found ones are
arbitrary bytes, which can have funny effects on the terminal when
they are printed. To avoid that, escape non-word characters before
printing.
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/3f96f079-64e5-468a-8a19-cb481f0d31e5%40eisentraut.org
We've long had a policy that any toasted fields in a catalog tuple
should be pulled in-line before entering the tuple in a catalog cache.
However, that requires access to the catalog's toast table, and we'll
typically do AcceptInvalidationMessages while opening the toast table.
So it's possible that the catalog tuple is outdated by the time we
finish detoasting it. Since no cache entry exists yet, we can't
mark the entry stale during AcceptInvalidationMessages, and instead
we'll press forward and build an apparently-valid cache entry. The
upshot is that we have a race condition whereby an out-of-date entry
could be made in a backend's catalog cache, and persist there
indefinitely causing indeterminate misbehavior.
To fix, use the existing systable_recheck_tuple code to recheck
whether the catalog tuple is still up-to-date after we finish
detoasting it. If not, loop around and restart the process of
searching the catalog and constructing cache entries from the top.
The case is rare enough that this shouldn't create any meaningful
performance penalty, even in the SearchCatCacheList case where
we need to tear down and reconstruct the whole list.
Indeed, the case is so rare that AFAICT it doesn't occur during
our regression tests, and there doesn't seem to be any easy way
to build a test that would exercise it reliably. To allow
testing of the retry code paths, add logic (in USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
builds only) that randomly pretends that the recheck failed about
one time out of a thousand. This is enough to ensure that we'll
pass through the retry paths during most regression test runs.
By adding an extra level of looping, this commit creates a need
to reindent most of SearchCatCacheMiss and SearchCatCacheList.
I'll do that separately, to allow putting those changes in
.git-blame-ignore-revs.
Patch by me; thanks to Alexander Lakhin for having built a test
case to prove the bug is real, and to Xiaoran Wang for review.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1393953.1698353013@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGjhLkOoBEC9mLsnB42d3CO1vcMx71MLSEuigeABbQ8oRdA6gw@mail.gmail.com
This changes the pg_attribute field attstattarget into a nullable
field in the variable-length part of the row. If no value is set by
the user for attstattarget, it is now null instead of previously -1.
This saves space in pg_attribute and tuple descriptors for most
practical scenarios. (ATTRIBUTE_FIXED_PART_SIZE is reduced from 108
to 104.) Also, null is the semantically more correct value.
The ANALYZE code internally continues to represent the default
statistics target by -1, so that that code can avoid having to deal
with null values. But that is now contained to the ANALYZE code.
Only the DDL code deals with attstattarget possibly null.
For system columns, the field is now always null. The ANALYZE code
skips system columns anyway.
To set a column's statistics target to the default value, the new
command form ALTER TABLE ... SET STATISTICS DEFAULT can be used. (SET
STATISTICS -1 still works.)
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4da8d211-d54d-44b9-9847-f2a9f1184c76@eisentraut.org
A superuser may create a subscription with password_required=true, but
which uses a connection string without a password.
Previously, if the owner of such a subscription was changed to a
non-superuser, the non-superuser was able to utilize a password from
another source (like a password file or the PGPASSWORD environment
variable), which should not have been allowed.
This commit adds a step to re-validate the connection string before
connecting.
Reported-by: Jeff Davis
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Robert Haas, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/e5892973ae2a80a1a3e0266806640dae3c428100.camel%40j-davis.com
Backpatch-through: 16
BuildDescForRelation() has all the knowledge for converting a
ColumnDef into pg_attribute/tuple descriptor. ATExecAddColumn() can
make use of that, instead of duplicating all that logic. We just pass
a one-element list of ColumnDef and we get back exactly the data
structure we need. Note that we don't even need to touch
BuildDescForRelation() to make this work.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/52a125e4-ff9a-95f5-9f61-b87cf447e4da@eisentraut.org
It missed a entry for tmp_check/ generated by the tests. While on it,
append a slash at the beginning of "pg_walsummary" to restrict its check
to the current directory, like anywhere else.
Oversights in ee1bfd1683.
jit.c and dfgr.c had a copy of the same code to check if a file exists
or not, with a twist: jit.c did not check for EACCES when failing the
stat() call for the path whose existence is tested. This refactored
routine will be used by an upcoming patch.
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZTiV8tn_MIb_H2rE@paquier.xyz
This is a rework of 7021d3b176, where we relied on forcing
max_logical_replication_workers to 0 in the postgres command. This
commit now prevents logical replication launchers to start using -b and
a backend-side check based on IsBinaryUpgrade, effective when upgrading
from 17 and newer versions.
This commit improves the comments explaining why this restriction is
necessary.
This discussion was on hold until we were sure how to add support for
subscribers in pg_upgrade, something now done thanks to 9a17be1e24.
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Amit Kapila, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZU2TeVkUg5qEi7Oy@paquier.xyz
The code for wrapping subquery output expressions in PlaceHolderVars
believed that if the expression already was a PlaceHolderVar, it was
never necessary to wrap that in another one. That's wrong if the
expression is underneath an outer join and involves a lateral
reference to outside that scope: failing to add an additional PHV
risks evaluating the expression at the wrong place and hence not
forcing it to null when the outer join should do so. This is an
oversight in commit 9e7e29c75, which added logic to forcibly wrap
lateral-reference Vars in PlaceHolderVars, but didn't see that the
adjacent case for PlaceHolderVars needed the same treatment.
The test case we have for this doesn't fail before 4be058fe9, but now
that I see the problem I wonder if it is possible to demonstrate
related errors before that. That's moot though, since all such
branches are out of support.
Per bug #18284 from Holger Reise. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18284-47505a20c23647f8@postgresql.org
Instead, just have lazy_scan_prune() and lazy_scan_noprune() update
LVRelState->nonempty_pages directly. This makes the two functions
more similar and also removes makes lazy_scan_noprune need one fewer
output parameters.
Melanie Plageman, reviewed by Andres Freund, Michael Paquier, and me
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_btji_wQdg=ok-5E4v_bGVxKYnnFFe7RA6Frc1EcOwtSg@mail.gmail.com
pg_combinebackup had various problems:
* strncpy was used in various places where strlcpy should be used
instead, to avoid any possibility of the result not being
\0-terminated.
* scan_for_existing_tablespaces() failed to close the directory,
and an error when opening the directory was reported with the
wrong pathname.
* write_reconstructed_file() contained some redundant and therefore
dead code.
* flush_manifest() didn't check the result of pg_checksum_update()
as we do in other places, and misused a local pathname variable
that shouldn't exist at all.
In pg_basebackup, the wrong variable name was used in one place,
due to a copy and paste that was not properly adjusted.
In blkreftable.c, the loop incorrectly doubled chunkno instead of
max_chunks. Fix that. Also remove a nearby assertion per repeated
off-list complaints from Tom Lane.
Per Coverity and subsequent code inspection by me and by Tom Lane.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobvqqj-DW9F7uUzT-cQqs6wcVb-Xhs=w=hzJnXSE-kRGw@mail.gmail.com
This can dump the contents of the WAL summary files found in
pg_wal/summaries. Normally, this shouldn't really be something anyone
needs to do, but it may be needed for debugging problems with
incremental backup, or could possibly be useful to external tools.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobvqqj-DW9F7uUzT-cQqs6wcVb-Xhs=w=hzJnXSE-kRGw@mail.gmail.com
This makes it possible to access information about the progress
of WAL summarization from SQL. The previously-added functions
pg_available_wal_summaries() and pg_wal_summary_contents() only
examine on-disk state, but this function exposes information from
the server's shared memory.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobvqqj-DW9F7uUzT-cQqs6wcVb-Xhs=w=hzJnXSE-kRGw@mail.gmail.com
During upgrade, when pg_restore performs CREATE DATABASE, bgwriter or
checkpointer may flush buffers and hold a file handle for pg_largeobject,
so later TRUNCATE pg_largeobject command will fail if OS (such as older
Windows versions) doesn't remove an unlinked file completely till it's
open. The probability of seeing this behavior is higher in this test
because we use wal_level as logical via allows_streaming => 'logical'
which in turn set shared_buffers as 1MB and make it more probable for
bgwriter to hold the file handle.
Diagnosed-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Hayato Kuroda, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB5866AB7FD922CE30A2565B8BF5A8A@TYAPR01MB5866.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
In commit 3e51b278d I (tgl) caused initdb to leave lc_messages and
other lc_xxx GUCs commented-out in the installed postgresql.conf file
if they were going to be set to 'C'. This was a hack for cosmetic
purposes, and it was buggy because lc_messages' wired-in default is
not 'C' but '' (empty string). That led to --no-locale not having
the expected effect, since the postmaster would then obtain
lc_messages from its startup environment.
Let's just revert to the prior behavior of always de-commenting the
lc_xxx entries; the argument for changing that longstanding behavior
was weak in the first place.
Also, fix postgresql.conf.sample's erroneous claim that the default
value of lc_messages is 'C'. I suspect that was what misled me into
making this mistake in the first place.
Report and patch by Kyotaro Horiguchi. Back-patch to v16 where
the problem was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231122.162700.1995154567625541112.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Many psql backslash commands tolerate trailing semicolons, even
though that's not part of the official syntax. These did not.
They tried to, by passing semicolon = true to psql_scan_slash_option,
but that function ignored this parameter in OT_WHOLE_LINE mode.
Teach it to do the right thing, and remove the now-duplicative
logic in exec_command_help.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2012251.1704746912@sss.pgh.pa.us
These were not testing the same thing as the comparable Assert
in calc_nestloop_required_outer(), because we neglected to map
the given Paths' relids to top-level relids. When considering
a partition child join the latter is the correct thing to do.
This oversight is old, but since it's only an overly-weak Assert
check there doesn't seem to be much value in back-patching.
Richard Guo (with cosmetic changes and comment updates by me)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs49sqbe9GBZ8sy8dSfKRNURgicR85HX8vgzcgQsPF0XY1w@mail.gmail.com
Commit 9d9c02ccd, which added the notion of a "run condition" for
window functions, neglected to teach nodeFuncs.c to process the new
field. Remarkably, that doesn't seem to have had any ill effects
before we invented Var.varnullingrels, but now it can cause visible
failures in join-removal scenarios.
I have no faith that there's not reachable problems in v15 too,
so back-patch the code change to v15 where 9d9c02ccd came in.
The test case seems irrelevant to v15, though.
Per bug #18277 from Zuming Jiang. Diagnosis and patch by
Richard Guo.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18277-089ead83b329a2fd@postgresql.org
On Windows, cmd.exe is used to launch the postmaster process to ease its
redirection setup. However, cmd.exe may execute other programs at
startup due to autorun configurations, which could influence the
postmaster startup. This patch adds /D flag to the launcher cmd.exe
command line to disable autorun settings written in the registry.
This is arguably a bug, but no backpatch is done now out of caution.
Reported-by: Hayato Kuroda
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230922.161551.320043332510268554.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Both lwlocknames.txt and wait_event_names.txt contain a list of all
the predefined LWLocks, i.e., those with predefined positions
within MainLWLockArray. It is easy to miss one or the other,
especially since the list in wait_event_names.txt omits the "Lock"
suffix from all the LWLock wait events. This commit adds a cross-
check of these lists to the script that generates lwlocknames.h.
If the lists do not match exactly, building will fail.
Suggested-by: Robert Haas
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Michael Paquier, Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240102173120.GA1061678%40nathanxps13
Essentially this moves the non-interactive part of psql's "\password"
command into an exported client function. The password is not sent to the
server in cleartext because it is "encrypted" (in the case of scram and md5
it is actually hashed, but we have called these encrypted passwords for a
long time now) on the client side. This is good because it ensures the
cleartext password is never known by the server, and therefore won't end up
in logs, pg_stat displays, etc.
In other words, it exists for the same reason as PQencryptPasswordConn(), but
is more convenient as it both builds and runs the "ALTER USER" command for
you. PQchangePassword() uses PQencryptPasswordConn() to do the password
encryption. PQencryptPasswordConn() is passed a NULL for the algorithm
argument, hence encryption is done according to the server's
password_encryption setting.
Also modify the psql client to use the new function. That provides a builtin
test case. Ultimately drivers built on top of libpq should expose this
function and its use should be generally encouraged over doing ALTER USER
directly for password changes.
Author: Joe Conway
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/b75955f7-e8cc-4bbd-817f-ef536bacbe93%40joeconway.com
The target relation for INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE has a different behavior
than other relations in EvalPlanQual() and RETURNING clause. This is why we
forbid target relation to be either source or target relation in SJE.
It's not clear if we could ever support this.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b9e8f460-f9a6-0e9b-e8ba-60d59f0bc22c%40gmail.com
When SJE uses RelOptInfo.unique_for_rels cache, it passes filtered quals to
innerrel_is_unique_ext(). That might lead to an invalid match to cache entries
made by previous non self-join checking calls. Add UniqueRelInfo.self_join
flag to prevent such cases. Also, fix that SJE should require a strict match
of outerrelids to make sure UniqueRelInfo.extra_clauses are valid.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4788f781-31bd-9796-d7d6-588a751c8787%40gmail.com
This replaces dblink's blocking libpq calls, allowing cancellation and
allowing DROP DATABASE (of a database not involved in the query). Apart
from explicit dblink_cancel_query() calls, dblink still doesn't cancel
the remote side. The replacement for the blocking calls consists of
new, general-purpose query execution wrappers in the libpqsrv facility.
Out-of-tree extensions should adopt these. Use them in postgres_fdw,
replacing a local implementation from which the libpqsrv implementation
derives. This is a bug fix for dblink. Code inspection identified the
bug at least thirteen years ago, but user complaints have not appeared.
Hence, no back-patch for now.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231122012945.74@rfd.leadboat.com
Since commit 599b33b94, this function assumed that every RTE_RELATION
RangeTblEntry would have an associated RelOptInfo. But that's not so:
we only build RelOptInfos for relations that are scanned by the query.
In particular the target of an INSERT won't have one, so that Vars
appearing in an INSERT ... RETURNING list will not have an associated
RelOptInfo. This apparently wasn't a problem before commit f7816aec2
taught examine_simple_variable() to drill down into CTEs containing
INSERT RETURNING, but it is now.
To fix, add a fallback code path that gets the userid to use directly
from the RTEPermissionInfo associated with the RTE. (Sadly, we must
have two code paths, because not every RTE has a RTEPermissionInfo
either.)
Per report from Alexander Lakhin. No back-patch, since the case is
apparently unreachable before f7816aec2.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/608a4886-6c60-0f9e-97d5-591256bd4150@gmail.com
During the calculations of the maximum for the number of buckets, take into
account that later we round that to the next power of 2.
Reported-by: Karen Talarico
Bug: #16925
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16925-ec96d83529d0d629%40postgresql.org
Author: Thomas Munro, Andrei Lepikhov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Alena Rybakina
Backpatch-through: 12
When the SJE code handles the transfer of qual clauses from the removed
relation to the remaining one, it replaces the Vars of the removed
relation with the Vars of the remaining relation for each clause, and
then reintegrates these clauses into the appropriate restriction or join
clause lists, while attempting to avoid duplicates.
However, the code compares RestrictInfo->clause to determine if two
clauses are duplicates. This is just flat wrong. Two RestrictInfos
with the same clause can have different required_relids,
incompatible_relids, is_pushed_down, and so on. This can cause qual
clauses to be mistakenly omitted, leading to wrong results.
This patch fixes it by comparing the entire RestrictInfos not just their
clauses ignoring 'rinfo_serial' field (otherwise almost all RestrictInfos will
be unique). Making 'rinfo_serial' equal_ignore would break other code. This
is why this commit implements our own comparison function for checking the
equality of RestrictInfos.
Reported-by: Zuming Jiang
Bug: #18261
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18261-2a75d748c928609b%40postgresql.org
Author: Richard Guo
Support referencing a composite-type variable in %TYPE.
Remove the undocumented, untested, and pretty useless ability
to have the subject of %TYPE be an (unqualified) type name.
You get the same result by just not writing %TYPE.
Add or adjust some test cases to improve code coverage here.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/716852.1704402127@sss.pgh.pa.us
A typo has been introduced by 31966b151e when updating the state of a
local buffer when a temporary relation is extended, for the case of a
block included in the relation range extended, when it is already found
in the hash table holding the local buffers. In this case, BM_VALID
should be cleared, but the buffer state was changed so as BM_VALID
remained while clearing the other flags.
As reported on the thread, it was possible to corrupt the state of the
local buffers on ENOSPC, but the states would be corrupted on any kind
of ERROR during the relation extend (like partial writes or some other
errno).
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Tender Wang
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo, Alexander Lakhin, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18259-6e256429825dd435@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 16
If we have DECHIST statistics about the argument expression, use
the average number of distinct elements as the array length estimate.
(It'd be better to use the average total number of elements, but
that is not currently calculated by compute_array_stats(), and
it's unclear that it'd be worth extra effort to get.)
To do this, we have to change the signature of estimate_array_length
to pass the "root" pointer. While at it, also change its result
type to "double". That's probably not really necessary, but it
avoids any risk of overflow of the value extracted from DECHIST.
All existing callers are going to use the result in a "double"
calculation anyway.
Paul Jungwirth, reviewed by Jian He and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+renyUnM2d+SmrxKpDuAdpiq6FOM=FByvi6aS6yi__qyf6j9A@mail.gmail.com
Many foreach loops only use the ListCell pointer to retrieve the
content of the cell, like so:
ListCell *lc;
foreach(lc, mylist)
{
int myint = lfirst_int(lc);
...
}
This commit adds a few convenience macros that automatically
declare the loop variable and retrieve the current cell's contents.
This allows us to rewrite the previous loop like this:
foreach_int(myint, mylist)
{
...
}
This commit also adjusts a few existing loops in order to add
coverage for the new/adjusted macros. There is presently no plan
to bulk update all foreach loops, as that could introduce a
significant amount of back-patching pain. Instead, these macros
are primarily intended for use in new code.
Author: Jelte Fennema-Nio
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Alvaro Herrera, Vignesh C, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQSwXKnxGwW1_Q5JE%2B8Ja20kyAbhBHO04vVrQsLcDciwXA%40mail.gmail.com
This adds a new ALTER TABLE subcommand ALTER COLUMN ... SET EXPRESSION
that changes the generation expression of a generated column.
The syntax is not standard but was adapted from other SQL
implementations.
This command causes a table rewrite, using the usual ALTER TABLE
mechanisms. The implementation is similar to and makes use of some of
the infrastructure of the SET DATA TYPE subcommand (for example,
rebuilding constraints and indexes afterwards). The new command
requires a new pass in AlterTablePass, and the ADD COLUMN pass had to
be moved earlier so that combinations of ADD COLUMN and SET EXPRESSION
can work.
Author: Amul Sul <sulamul@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAAJ_b94yyJeGA-5M951_Lr+KfZokOp-2kXicpmEhi5FXhBeTog@mail.gmail.com
1349d2790 added code to allow DISTINCT and ORDER BY aggregates to work
more efficiently by using presorted input. That commit added some code
that made use of the AggState's tmpcontext and adjusted the
ecxt_outertuple and ecxt_innertuple slots before checking if the current
row is distinct from the previously seen row. That code forgot to set the
TupleTableSlots back to what they were originally, which could result in
errors such as:
ERROR: attribute 1 of type record has wrong type
This only affects aggregate functions which have multiple arguments when
DISTINCT is used. For example: string_agg(DISTINCT col, ', ')
Thanks to Tom Lane for identifying the breaking commit.
Bug: #18264
Reported-by: Vojtěch Beneš
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18264-e363593d7e9feb7d@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 16, where 1349d2790 was added
This patch changes the existing 'conflicting' field to 'conflict_reason'
in pg_replication_slots. This new field indicates the reason for the
logical slot's conflict with recovery. It is always NULL for physical
slots, as well as for logical slots which are not invalidated. The
non-NULL values indicate that the slot is marked as invalidated. Possible
values are:
wal_removed = required WAL has been removed.
rows_removed = required rows have been removed.
wal_level_insufficient = the primary doesn't have a wal_level sufficient
to perform logical decoding.
The existing users of 'conflicting' column can get the same answer by
using 'conflict_reason' IS NOT NULL.
Author: Shveta Malik
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Bertrand Drouvot, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZYOE8IguqTbp-seF@paquier.xyz
CheckPWChallengeAuth() would return STATUS_ERROR if the user does not
exist or has no password assigned, even if the client disconnected
without responding to the password challenge (as libpq often will,
for example). We should return STATUS_EOF in that case, and the
lower-level functions do, but this code level got it wrong since the
refactoring done in 7ac955b34. This breaks the intent of not logging
anything for EOF cases (cf. comments in auth_failed()) and might
also confuse users of ClientAuthentication_hook.
Per report from Liu Lang. Back-patch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b725238c-539d-cb09-2bff-b5e6cb2c069c@esgyn.cn
Second attempt at 283a95da92. Since we can't reorder the enum values
of JsonPathItemType, instead reorder the switch cases where they are
used to generally follow the order of the enum values, for better
maintainability.
This reverts commit 283a95da92.
The reordering of JsonPathItemType affects the binary on-disk
compatibility of the jsonpath type, so we must not change it. Revert
for now and consider.
Swap the arguments to TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds so that we get
a positive answer instead of zero.
Then use the result of that computation instead of ignoring it.
Per reports from Alexander Lakhin.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/8b686764-7ac1-74c3-70f9-b64685a2535f@gmail.com
New TAP tests added by commits 9a17be1e and 4710b67d missed to convert
warnings to FATAL. This commit fixes that.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Some of the TAP tests have been historically setting the environment
variable PGDATABASE to 'postgres', which is not needed because
PostgreSQL::Test::Cluster already sets it when initialized. This commit
removes these explicit setups.
Note that the dependency of cluster -a with PGDATABASE (from
1caef31d9e) is still documented.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACXLAz5dW3ZP+Fec8g6jQMMmDyCVT+qdbye2h7QJJmhsdw@mail.gmail.com
Avoid leaving a dangling pointer in the unlikely event that
nsphash_create fails. Improve comments, and fix formatting by
adding typedefs.list entries.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3972900.1704145107@sss.pgh.pa.us
This feature will allow us to replicate the changes on subscriber nodes
after the upgrade.
Previously, only the subscription metadata information was preserved.
Without the list of relations and their state, it's not possible to
re-enable the subscriptions without missing some records as the list of
relations can only be refreshed after enabling the subscription (and
therefore starting the apply worker). Even if we added a way to refresh
the subscription while enabling a publication, we still wouldn't know
which relations are new on the publication side, and therefore should be
fully synced, and which shouldn't.
To preserve the subscription relations, this patch teaches pg_dump to
restore the content of pg_subscription_rel from the old cluster by using
binary_upgrade_add_sub_rel_state SQL function. This is supported only
in binary upgrade mode.
The subscription's replication origin is needed to ensure that we don't
replicate anything twice.
To preserve the replication origins, this patch teaches pg_dump to update
the replication origin along with creating a subscription by using
binary_upgrade_replorigin_advance SQL function to restore the
underlying replication origin remote LSN. This is supported only in
binary upgrade mode.
pg_upgrade will check that all the subscription relations are in 'i'
(init) or in 'r' (ready) state and will error out if that's not the case,
logging the reason for the failure. This helps to avoid the risk of any
dangling slot or origin after the upgrade.
Author: Vignesh C, Julien Rouhaud, Shlok Kyal
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier, Amit Kapila, Hayato Kuroda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230217075433.u5mjly4d5cr4hcfe@jrouhaud
The brinbuildCallbackParallel callback used by parallel BRIN builds did
not consider that the parallel table scans may be synchronized, starting
from an arbitrary block and then wrap around.
If this happened and the scan actually did wrap around, tuples from the
beginning of the table were added to the last range produced by the same
worker. The index would be missing range at the beginning of the table,
while the last range would be too wide. This would not produce incorrect
query results, but it'd be less efficient.
Fixed by checking for both past and future ranges in the callback. The
worker may produce multiple summaries for the same page range, but the
leader will merge them as if the summaries came from different workers.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c2ee7d69-ce17-43f2-d1a0-9811edbda6e6%40enterprisedb.com
Commit b437571714 added support for parallel builds for BRIN indexes,
using code similar to BTREE parallel builds, and also a new tuplesort
variant. This commit simplifies the new code in two ways:
* The "spool" grouping tuplesort and the heap/index is not necessary.
The heap/index are available as separate arguments, causing confusion.
So remove the spool, and use the tuplesort directly.
* The new tuplesort variant does not need the heap/index, as it sorts
simply by the range block number, without accessing the tuple data.
So simplify that too.
Initial report and patch by Ranier Vilela, further cleanup by me.
Author: Ranier Vilela
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQAqD7f2i4iyEaAz-5o-bf6zXVX-AkNUBm-YjUXEemaEh6A%40mail.gmail.com
Commit 16671ba6e7 moved the code that sends "sorry, too many clients
already" and other such messages, but it had the effect that we would
send that error even if the the startup packet processing failed, e.g.
because the client sent an invalid startup packet. That was not
intentional.
Spotted while reading the code again.
When enabled (default off), this logs a backtrace anytime elog() or an
equivalent ereport() for internal errors is called.
This is not well covered by the existing backtrace_functions, because
there are many equally-worded low-level errors in many functions. And
if you find out where the error is, then you need to manually rewrite
the elog() to ereport() to attach the errbacktrace(), which is
annoying. Having a backtrace automatically on every elog() call could
be very helpful during development for various kinds of common errors
from palloc, syscache, node support, etc.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/ba76c6bc-f03f-4285-bf16-47759cfcab9e@eisentraut.org
There are a lot of Perl scripts in the tree, mostly code generation
and TAP tests. Occasionally, these scripts produce warnings. These
are probably always mistakes on the developer side (true positives).
Typical examples are warnings from genbki.pl or related when you make
a mess in the catalog files during development, or warnings from tests
when they massage a config file that looks different on different
hosts, or mistakes during merges (e.g., duplicate subroutine
definitions), or just mistakes that weren't noticed because there is a
lot of output in a verbose build.
This changes all warnings into fatal errors, by replacing
use warnings;
by
use warnings FATAL => 'all';
in all Perl files.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/06f899fd-1826-05ab-42d6-adeb1fd5e200%40eisentraut.org
If the underlying table isn't being dumped, it's useless to dump
an extended statistics object; it'll just cause errors at restore.
We have always applied similar policies to, say, indexes.
(When and if we get cross-table stats objects, it might be profitable
to think a little harder about what to do with them. But for now
there seems no point in considering a stats object as anything but
an appendage of its table.)
Rian McGuire and Tom Lane, per report from Rian McGuire.
Back-patch to supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7075d3aa-3f05-44a5-b68f-47dc6a8a0550@buildkite.com
This function was originally coded with a handmade expansion
of the array subscripts. We can do it a little faster and far
more legibly today, by using unnest() WITH ORDINALITY.
While at it, let's apply the rowcount estimation support that exists
for the underlying unnest() function: reduce the default ROWS estimate
to 100 and attach array_unnest_support. I'm not sure that
array_unnest_support can do anything useful today with the call sites
that exist in information_schema, but it can't hurt, and the existing
default rowcount of 1000 is surely much too high for any of these
cases.
The psql.sql regression script is using _pg_expandarray() as a
test case for \sf+. While we could keep doing so, the new one-line
function body makes a poor test case for \sf+ row-numbering, so
switch it to print another information_schema function.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1424303.1703355485@sss.pgh.pa.us
add_file_to_manifest declared its mtime argument as pg_time_t,
apparently on the principle that copy-and-paste from the backend
is fine. However, the callers are passing struct stat's st_mtime
field which is plain time_t, and add_file_to_manifest itself is
passing the value to gmtime(3) which expects plain time_t,
so the whole thing would not work at all on any platform where
those types are different. Fortunately we can just switch this
variable to time_t.
Per warnings from assorted buildfarm members.
The code was passing a scalar argument to node->restart(), but it was
expecting a hash, which causes a warning from Perl ("Odd number of
elements in hash assignment").
But the node->restart() function doesn't take a mode argument anyway.
This was probably copied from an incorrect comment (see commit
750c59d7ec). The default restart mode is already "fast", so the test
should still be semantically correct without explicitly specifying the
mode.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/e3f4bf1b-63d3-408a-b07e-d35a0fdf1b98@eisentraut.org
Recently-introduced code in reconstruct.c was using "unsigned"
to store the result of read(), pg_pread(), or write(). This is
completely bogus: it breaks subsequent tests for the result being
negative, as we're being reminded of by a chorus of buildfarm
warnings. Switch to "int" as was doubtless intended. (There are
several other uses of "unsigned" in this file that also look poorly
chosen to me, but for now I'm just trying to clean up the buildfarm.)
A larger problem is that "int" is not necessarily wide enough to hold
the result: per POSIX, all these functions return ssize_t. In places
where the requested read or write length clearly fits in int, that's
academic. It may be academic anyway as long as we constrain
individual data files to 1GB, since even a readv or writev-like
operation would then not be responsible for transferring more than
1GB. Nonetheless it seems like trouble waiting to happen, so I made
a pass over readv and writev calls and fixed the result variables
where that seemed appropriate. We might want to think about changing
some of the fd.c functions to return ssize_t too, for future-proofing;
but I didn't tackle that here.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1672202.1703441340@sss.pgh.pa.us
I don't think there's a real problem here, because if we reach
the loop over 'tles' then we will either find at least one
TimeLineHistoryEntry such that oldest_segno != 0, in which case
unsummarized_lsn will be initialized, or else unsummarized_tli
will remain 0 and an error will occur before unsummarized_lsn
is used for anything. But some compilers are complainining, as
reported on list by Nathan Bossart and off-list by Andrew Dunstan.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20231223215147.GA69623@nathanxps13
e0b1ee17dc introduced optimization for matching B-tree scan keys required for
the directional scan. However, it incorrectly assumed that all keys required
for opposite direction scan are satisfied by _bt_first(). It has been
illustrated that with multiple scan keys over the same column, a lesser one
(according to the scan direction) could win leaving the other one unsatisfied.
Instead of relying on _bt_first() this commit introduces code that memorizes
whether there was at least one match on the page. If that's true we know that
keys required for opposite-direction scan are satisfied as soon as
corresponding values are not NULLs.
Also, this commit simplifies the description for the optimization of keys
required for the current direction scan. Now the flag used for this is named
continuescanPrechecked and means exactly that *continuescan flag is known
to be true for the last item on the page.
Reported-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzn0LeLcb1PdBnK0xisz8NpHkxRrMr3NWJ%2BKOK-WZ%2BQtTQ%40mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov
It's not necessary to keep the firstPage flag as a field of BTScanOpaqueData.
This commit makes it an argument of the _bt_readpage() function. We can easily
distinguish first-time and repeated calls (within the scan) of this function.
Reported-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzk4SOsw%2BtHuTFiz8U9Jqj-R77rYPkhWKODCBb1mdHACXA%40mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov
There are a lot of situations when we share the same pointer to a Bitmapset
structure across different places. In order to evade undesirable side effects
replace_relid() function should always return a copy.
Reported-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_wJthNtYBL%2BSsebpgF-5L2r5zFFk6xYbS0A78GKOTFHw%40mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo, Andres Freund, Ashutosh Bapat, Andrei Lepikhov
set_config_option() bails out early if it detects that the option to
be set is PGC_BACKEND or PGC_SU_BACKEND class and we're reading the
config file in a postmaster child; we don't want to apply any new
value in such a case. That's fine as far as it goes, but it fails
to consider the requirements of the pg_file_settings view: for that,
we need to check validity of the value even though we have no
intention to apply it. Because we didn't, even very silly values
for affected GUCs would be reported as valid by the view. There
are only half a dozen such GUCs, which perhaps explains why this
got overlooked for so long.
Fix by continuing when changeVal is false; this parallels the logic
in some other early-exit paths.
Also, the check added by commit 924bcf4f1 to prevent GUC changes in
parallel workers seems a few bricks shy of a load: it's evidently
assuming that ereport(elevel, ...) won't return. Make sure we
bail out if it does. The lack of trouble reports suggests that
this is only a latent bug, i.e. parallel workers don't actually
reach here with elevel < ERROR. (Per the code coverage report,
we never reach here at all in the regression suite.) But we clearly
don't want to risk proceeding if that does happen.
Per report from Rıdvan Korkmaz. These are ancient bugs, so back-patch
to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2089235.1703617353@sss.pgh.pa.us
Like commit 388e80132, use "#pragma GCC system_header" to silence
warnings appearing within the Python headers, since newer Python
versions no longer worry about some restrictions we still use like
-Wdeclaration-after-statement.
This patch improves on 388e80132 by inventing a separate wrapper
header file, allowing the pragma to be tightly scoped to just
the Python headers and not other stuff we have laying about in
plpython.h. I applied the same technique to plperl for the same
reason: the original patch suppressed warnings for a good deal
of our own code, not only the Perl headers.
Like the previous commit, back-patch to supported branches.
Peter Eisentraut and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ae523163-6d2a-4b81-a875-832e48dec502@eisentraut.org
This will eventually be replaced once some translations exist
for pg_combinebackup's messages. In the meantime, we need
something here to prevent "make" from complaining in
builds with --enable-nls. Per advice added in 88dad06b4.
Self-join removal appears to be safe to apply with placeholder variables
as long as we handle PlaceHolderVar in replace_varno_walker() and replace
relid in phinfo->ph_lateral.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18187-831da249cbd2ff8e%40postgresql.org
Author: Richard Guo
Reviewed-by: Andrei Lepikhov
This commit also retires sje_walker. This increases the generalty of replacing
varno in the parse tree and simplifies the code.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18187-831da249cbd2ff8e%40postgresql.org
Author: Richard Guo
Reviewed-by: Andrei Lepikhov
Bhis commit introduces enhancements to the pg_stat_checkpointer view by adding
three new columns: restartpoints_timed, restartpoints_req, and
restartpoints_done. These additions aim to improve the visibility and
monitoring of restartpoint processes on replicas.
Previously, it was challenging to differentiate between successful and failed
restartpoint requests. This limitation arises because restartpoints on replicas
are dependent on checkpoint records from the primary, and cannot occur more
frequently than these checkpoints.
The new columns allow for clear distinction and tracking of restartpoint
requests, their triggers, and successful completions. This enhancement aids
database administrators and developers in better understanding and diagnosing
issues related to restartpoint behavior, particularly in scenarios where
restartpoint requests may fail.
System catalog is changed. Catversion is bumped.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/99b2ccd1-a77a-962a-0837-191cdf56c2b9%40inbox.ru
Author: Anton A. Melnikov
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Alexander Korotkov
Using a scale factor large enough so as the number of rows to insert
gets larger than INT32_MAX would cause an infinite loop in
initPopulateTable(), preventing pgbench to finish its initialization.
Oversight in e35cc3b3f2 that has refactored the data generation logic.
Author: John Hsu
Reviewed-by: Tatsuo Ishii, Japin Li
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+-JvFvHsOafjHcuFPfkyouHNZvbOXhBNhwZxKm3WNgYz9bwzA@mail.gmail.com
Commit 664d75753 pulled 010_tab_completion.pl's infrastructure for
invoking an interactive psql session out into a generally-useful test
function, but it didn't move enough stuff. We need to set up various
environment variables that readline will look at, both to ensure
stability of test results and to prevent test actions from cluttering
the calling user's ~/.psql_history. Expecting calling scripts to
remember to do that is too failure-prone: the other existing caller
001_password.pl did not do it. Hence, remove those initialization
steps from 010_tab_completion.pl and put them into interactive_psql().
Since interactive_psql was already making a local ENV hash, this has
no effect on calling scripts.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/794610.1703182896@sss.pgh.pa.us
When a column is dropped, the fields attacl, attoptions, and
attfdwoptions were kept unchanged. This is probably harmless, but it
seems wasteful, and leaves potentially dangling data lying around (for
example, attacl could contain references to users that are later also
dropped).
Change this to set those fields to null when a column is marked as
dropped.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/249d819d-1763-4580-8110-0bf91a0f08b7@eisentraut.org
Up to now, our distribution tarballs have included a plain-text form
of the installation.sgml chapter. The rationale for that was that a
recipient might not have either ready internet access or HTML-viewing
tools; a theory that seems downright quaint today. Maintaining the
ability to generate this file is not without cost, because it puts
special requirements on installation.sgml that are often overlooked.
Moreover, we are moving in the direction of making our distribution
tarballs be pure git snapshots for traceability/reproducibility
reasons; including generated files doesn't fit into that plan.
Hence, let's just drop INSTALL and remove the infrastructure for
generating it. The top-level README will now recommend visiting
our website to see the installation instructions. As a useful
side-effect, we can get rid of README.git which has provoked
confusion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231220114927.faccqqprmuyrzdip@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e07408d9-e5f2-d9fd-5672-f53354e9305e@eisentraut.org
Commit 1301c80b21 removed some infrastructure needed to check
windows-oriented perl scripts. It also removed most such scripts, but
this one was left over. We repair the damage by making Win32::Registry a
conditional requirement that is only loaded on Windows. With this change
`perl -cw win32tzlist.pl` once again passes on non-Windows machines.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a2bd77fd-61b8-4c2b-b12e-3e22ae260f82@eisentraut.org
Another oversight in dc2123400, visible when building/testing
in the source directory. (There's a lot of stuff we could
simplify if we stop supporting that case, but for now it's
still mainstream.)
This is necessary when spgcanreturn() is invoked on a partitioned
index, and the failure might be reachable in other scenarios as
well. The rest of what spgGetCache() does is perfectly sensible
for a partitioned index, so we should allow it to go through.
I think the main takeaway from this is that we lack sufficient test
coverage for non-btree partitioned indexes. Therefore, I added
simple test cases for brin and gin as well as spgist (hash and
gist AMs were covered already in indexing.sql).
Per bug #18256 from Alexander Lakhin. Although the known test case
only fails since v16 (3c569049b), I've got no faith at all that there
aren't other ways to reach this problem; so back-patch to all
supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18256-0b0e1b6e4a620f1b@postgresql.org
Fix a bug during MERGE if a cross-partition update is attempted on a
partitioned table with a BEFORE DELETE ROW trigger that returns NULL,
to prevent the update. This would cause an error to be thrown, or an
assert failure in an assert-enabled build.
This was an oversight in 9321c79c86, which failed to properly
distinguish a DELETE prevented by a trigger from one prevented by a
concurrent update. Fix by having ExecDelete() return the TM_Result
status to ExecCrossPartitionUpdate(), so that it can distinguish the
two cases, and make ExecCrossPartitionUpdate() return the TM_Result
status to ExecUpdateAct(), so that it can return the correct status
from a concurrent update.
In addition, ensure that the command tag is correctly updated by
having ExecMergeMatched() pass canSetTag to ExecUpdateAct(), rather
than passing false, so that it updates the command tag if it does a
cross-partition update, making this code path in ExecMergeMatched()
consistent with ExecUpdate().
Per bug #18238 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to v15, where MERGE
was introduced.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Richard Guo and Jian He.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18238-2f2bdc7f720180b9%40postgresql.org
This is a function that makes a node jump by N WAL segments, which is
something a couple of tests have been relying on for some cases related
to streaming, replication slot limits and logical decoding on standbys.
Hence, this centralizes the logic, while making it cheaper by relying on
pg_logical_emit_message() to emit WAL records before switching to a new
segment.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Euler Taveira
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACU3R8QFCvDewHCMKjgb2w_-CMCyd6DAK=Jb-af14da5eg@mail.gmail.com
Commit 6af179395 added isCatalogRel field to some WAL record types,
but this field was not shown in the rmgr descriptions. This commit
changes the several rmgr descriptions to display the isCatalogRel
field.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/957dc8f9-2a02-4640-9c01-9dcbf97c4187%40gmail.com
--show-diff becomes --diff, and --silent-diff becomes --check. These
options may now be given together. Without --check, --diff will exit
with a zero status even if diffs are found. With --check, it will now
exit with a non-zero status in that case.
Author: Tristan Partin
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Jelte Fennema-Nio
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CXLX2XYTH9S6.140SC6Y61VD88@neon.tech
The pg_dump compression was using strdup() instead of pg_strdup()
and failed to check the returned pointer for out-of-memory before
dereferencing it. Fix by using pg_strdup() instead which probably
was the intention here in the original patch.
Backpatch to v16 where pg_dump compression was introduced.
Reviewed-by: Tristan Partin <tristan@neon.tech>
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CC661D60-6F4C-474D-B9CF-E789ACA3CEFC@yesql.se
Backpatch-through: 16
To take an incremental backup, you use the new replication command
UPLOAD_MANIFEST to upload the manifest for the prior backup. This
prior backup could either be a full backup or another incremental
backup. You then use BASE_BACKUP with the INCREMENTAL option to take
the backup. pg_basebackup now has an --incremental=PATH_TO_MANIFEST
option to trigger this behavior.
An incremental backup is like a regular full backup except that
some relation files are replaced with files with names like
INCREMENTAL.${ORIGINAL_NAME}, and the backup_label file contains
additional lines identifying it as an incremental backup. The new
pg_combinebackup tool can be used to reconstruct a data directory
from a full backup and a series of incremental backups.
Patch by me. Reviewed by Matthias van de Meent, Dilip Kumar, Jakub
Wartak, Peter Eisentraut, and Álvaro Herrera. Thanks especially to
Jakub for incredibly helpful and extensive testing.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYOYZfMCyOXFyC-P+-mdrZqm5pP2N7S-r0z3_402h9rsA@mail.gmail.com
When active, this process writes WAL summary files to
$PGDATA/pg_wal/summaries. Each summary file contains information for a
certain range of LSNs on a certain TLI. For each relation, it stores a
"limit block" which is 0 if a relation is created or destroyed within
a certain range of WAL records, or otherwise the shortest length to
which the relation was truncated during that range of WAL records, or
otherwise InvalidBlockNumber. In addition, it stores a list of blocks
which have been modified during that range of WAL records, but
excluding blocks which were removed by truncation after they were
modified and never subsequently modified again.
In other words, it tells us which blocks need to copied in case of an
incremental backup covering that range of WAL records. But this
doesn't yet add the capability to actually perform an incremental
backup; the next patch will do that.
A new parameter summarize_wal enables or disables this new background
process. The background process also automatically deletes summary
files that are older than wal_summarize_keep_time, if that parameter
has a non-zero value and the summarizer is configured to run.
Patch by me, with some design help from Dilip Kumar and Andres Freund.
Reviewed by Matthias van de Meent, Dilip Kumar, Jakub Wartak, Peter
Eisentraut, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYOYZfMCyOXFyC-P+-mdrZqm5pP2N7S-r0z3_402h9rsA@mail.gmail.com
First, mark the xlblocks member with InvalidXLogRecPtr, then issue a
write barrier, then initialize it. That ensures that the xlblocks
member doesn't appear valid while the contents are being initialized.
In preparation for reading WAL buffer contents without a lock.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVfFMfqD5oLzZSQQZWfXiJqd-NdX0_317veP6FuB31QWA@mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
This commit removes all the scripts located in src/tools/msvc/ to build
PostgreSQL with Visual Studio on Windows, meson becoming the recommended
way to achieve that. The scripts held some information that is still
relevant with meson, information kept and moved to better locations.
Comments that referred directly to the scripts are removed.
All the documentation still relevant that was in install-windows.sgml
has been moved to installation.sgml under a new subsection for Visual.
All the content specific to the scripts is removed. Some adjustments
for the documentation are planned in a follow-up set of changes.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZQzp_VMJcerM1Cs_@paquier.xyz
This makes it possible for the code to be easily reused by other
client-side tools, and/or by the server.
Patch by me. Review of this patch in particular by at least Peter
Eisentraut; reviewers for the patch series in general include Dilip
Kumar, Andres Fruend, David Steele, Álvaro Herrera, and Jakub Wartak.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ6UGZVnSy5iak6s6+AXu_DewXovDjhLs3-su6nmU_x_g@mail.gmail.com
It's at least theoretically possible to overflow int32 when adding up
column width estimates to make a row width estimate. (The bug example
isn't terribly convincing as a real use-case, but perhaps wide joins
would provide a more plausible route to trouble.) This'd lead to
assertion failures or silly planner behavior. To forestall it, make
the relevant functions compute their running sums in int64 arithmetic
and then clamp to int32 range at the end. We can reasonably assume
that MaxAllocSize is a hard limit on actual tuple width, so clamping
to that is simply a correction for dubious input values, and there's
no need to go as far as widening width variables to int64 everywhere.
Per bug #18247 from RekGRpth. There've been no reports of this issue
arising in practical cases, so I feel no need to back-patch.
Richard Guo and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18247-11ac477f02954422@postgresql.org
- Remove MemoryContextAllocZeroAligned(). It was supposed to be a
faster version of MemoryContextAllocZero(), but modern compilers turn
the MemSetLoop() into a call to memset() anyway, making it more or
less identical to MemoryContextAllocZero(). That was the only user of
MemSetTest, MemSetLoop, so remove those too, as well as palloc0fast().
- Convert newNode() to a static inline function. When this was
originally originally written, it was written as a macro because
testing showed that gcc didn't inline the size check as we
intended. Modern compiler versions do, and now that it just calls
palloc0() there is no size-check to inline anyway.
One nice effect is that the palloc0() takes one less argument than
MemoryContextAllocZeroAligned(), which saves a few instructions in the
callers of newNode().
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Tom Lane, John Naylor, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/b51f1fa7-7e6a-4ecc-936d-90a8a1659e7c@iki.fi
Currently, we give a misleading error if the user omits to pass the
required parameter 'proto_version' in SQL API
pg_logical_slot_get_changes() or during START_REPLICATION protocol
message. The error raised is as follows which indicates that the wrong
version is passed.
ERROR: client sent proto_version=0 but server only supports protocol 1 or higher
Author: Emre Hasegeli
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE2gYzwdwtUbs-tPSV-QBwgTubiyGD2ZGsSnAVsDfAGGLDrGOA@mail.gmail.com
The value was double in the original implementation of this logic.
Commit da08a6598 pulled it out into a subroutine, but carelessly
declared the parameter as int when it should have been double.
On most platforms, the only ill effect would be to clamp the value
to be not more than INT_MAX, which would seldom be exceeded and
probably wouldn't change the estimates too much anyway. Nonetheless,
it's wrong and can cause complaints from ubsan.
While here, improve the comments and parameter names.
This is an ABI change in a globally exposed subroutine, so
back-patching would create some risk of breaking extensions.
The value of the fix doesn't seem high enough to warrant taking
that risk, so fix in HEAD only.
Per report from Alexander Lakhin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f5e15fe1-202d-1936-f47c-f0c69a936b72@gmail.com
Presently, all platforms implement atomic exchanges by performing
an atomic compare-and-swap in a loop until it succeeds. This can
be especially expensive when there is contention on the atomic
variable. This commit optimizes atomic exchanges on many platforms
by using compiler intrinsics, which should compile into something
much less expensive than a compare-and-swap loop. Since these
intrinsics have been available for some time, the inline assembly
implementations are omitted.
Suggested-by: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231129212905.GA1258737%40nathanxps13
Commit dc3f9bc549 mainly targeted the JSONTYPE_NUMERIC code path.
This commit applies similar optimizations (e.g., removing
unnecessary runtime calls to strlen() and palloc()) to nearby code.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231208203708.GA4126315%40nathanxps13
smgrreadv() and smgrwritev() and their md.c implementations call
FileReadV() and FileWriteV(). A range of disk blocks beginning at
'blocknum' and extending for 'nblocks' can be scattered to or gathered
from multiple buffers with a single system call. The traditional
smgrread() and smgrwrite() functions are implemented in terms of the new
functions.
Later commits will introduce calls with nblocks > 1, but the following
behavioral changes can be seen already:
* After a short transfer we'll now retry until we eventually read 0
bytes (= EOF) or get ENOSPC, EDQUOT, EFBIG etc, where previously we
would infer the reason. Retrying is consistent with xlog.c's
treatment of large WAL writes, and arguably also xlog.c and fd.c's
treatment of EINTR. Arbitrary short returns for larger transfers have
been observed on several OSes, and might in theory also happen for
transient reasons with our own pg_p*v() fallback code.
* After unexpected EOF or -1, the error thrown now talks about
a range even for the single block case, eg "blocks 42..42".
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJkOiOCa+mag4BF+zHo7qo=o9CFheB8=g6uT5TUm2gkvA@mail.gmail.com
Originally, this routine relied on track_io_timing to check if a time
interval for an I/O operation stored in pg_stat_io should be initialized
or not. However, the addition of WAL statistics to pg_stat_io requires
that the initialization happens when track_wal_io_timing is enabled,
which is dependent on the code path where the I/O operation happens.
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAN55FZ3AiQ+ZMxUuXnBpd0Rrh1YhwJ5FudkHg=JU0P+-W8T4Vg@mail.gmail.com
During the development that led to commit 357889eb17, for a time we
had the value LIMIT_OPTION_DEFAULT, which was mostly but not completely
removed later on, before commit. Complete the removal now.
Author: Zhang Mingli <avamingli@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/59d61a1a-3858-475a-964f-24468c97cc67@Spark
Previously smgrprefetch() could issue POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED advice for a
single block at a time. Add an nblocks argument so that we can do the
same for a range of blocks. This usually produces a single system call,
but might need to loop if it crosses a segment boundary. Initially it
is only called with nblocks == 1, but proposed patches will make wider
calls.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi> (earlier version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJkOiOCa+mag4BF+zHo7qo=o9CFheB8=g6uT5TUm2gkvA@mail.gmail.com
In v16 and up (since commit afbfc0298), large object ownership
checking has been broken because object_ownercheck() didn't take care
of the discrepancy between our object-address representation of large
objects (classId == LargeObjectRelationId) and the catalog where their
ownership info is actually stored (LargeObjectMetadataRelationId).
This resulted in failures such as "unrecognized class ID: 2613"
when trying to update blob properties as a non-superuser.
Poking around for related bugs, I found that AlterObjectOwner_internal
would pass the wrong classId to the PostAlterHook in the no-op code
path where the large object already has the desired owner. Also,
recordExtObjInitPriv checked for the wrong classId; that bug is only
latent because the stanza is dead code anyway, but as long as we're
carrying it around it should be less wrong. These bugs are quite old.
In HEAD, we can reduce the scope for future bugs of this ilk by
changing AlterObjectOwner_internal's API to let the translation happen
inside that function, rather than requiring callers to know about it.
A more bulletproof fix, perhaps, would be to start using
LargeObjectMetadataRelationId as the dependency and object-address
classId for blobs. However that has substantial risk of breaking
third-party code; even within our own code, it'd create hassles
for pg_dump which would have to cope with a version-dependent
representation. For now, keep the status quo.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2650449.1702497209@sss.pgh.pa.us
Dead tuples are ignored and are not marked as dead during recovery, as
it can lead to MVCC issues on a standby because its xmin may not match
with the primary. This information is tracked by a field called
"xactStartedInRecovery" in the transaction state data, switched on when
starting a transaction in recovery.
Unfortunately, this information was not correctly tracked when starting
a subtransaction, because the transaction state used for the
subtransaction did not update "xactStartedInRecovery" based on the state
of its parent. This would cause index scans done in subtransactions to
return inconsistent data, depending on how the xmin of the primary
and/or the standby evolved.
This is broken since the introduction of hot standby in efc16ea520, so
backpatch all the way down.
Author: Fei Changhong
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/tencent_C4D907A5093C071A029712E73B43C6512706@qq.com
Backpatch-through: 12
FileReadV() and FileWriteV() adapt pg_preadv() and pg_pwritev() for
fd.c's virtual file descriptors. The simple FileRead() and FileWrite()
functions are now implemented in terms of the vectored functions, to
avoid code duplication, and they are converted back to the corresponding
simple system calls further down (commit 15c9ac36). Later work will
make more interesting multi-iovec calls.
The traditional behavior of reporting a "fake" ENOSPC error is
simplified. It's now always set for non-failing writes, for the benefit
of callers that expect to log a meaningful "%m" if they determine that
the write was short. (Perhaps we should consider getting rid of that
expectation one day.)
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJkOiOCa+mag4BF+zHo7qo=o9CFheB8=g6uT5TUm2gkvA@mail.gmail.com
compute_remaining_iovec() is a re-usable routine for retrying after
pg_readv() or pg_writev() reports a short transfer. This will gain new
users in a later commit, but can already replace the open-coded
equivalent code in the existing pg_pwritev_with_retry() function.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJkOiOCa+mag4BF+zHo7qo=o9CFheB8=g6uT5TUm2gkvA@mail.gmail.com
These two macros wouldn't work if used in an inline function definition
in a header seen by g++, because __builtin_types_compatible_p is only
available in C. Redirect to standard C++ const_cast (which also
adds/removes volatile despite its name).
Per cpluspluscheck failure in a development branch.
Suggested-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK3OXFjkOyZiw-DgL2bUqk9by1uGuCnViJX786W%2BfyDSw%40mail.gmail.com
OpenSSL will sometimes return SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL without having set
errno; this is apparently a reflection of recv(2)'s habit of not
setting errno when reporting EOF. Ensure that we treat such cases
the same as read EOF. Previously, we'd frequently report them like
"could not accept SSL connection: Success" which is confusing, or
worse report them with an unrelated errno left over from some
previous syscall.
To fix, ensure that errno is zeroed immediately before the call,
and report its value only when it's not zero afterwards; otherwise
report EOF.
For consistency, I've applied the same coding pattern in libpq's
pqsecure_raw_read(). Bare recv(2) shouldn't really return -1 without
setting errno, but in case it does we might as well cope.
Per report from Andres Freund. Back-patch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231208181451.deqnflwxqoehhxpe@awork3.anarazel.de
This removes the production json_encoding_clause_opt, instead merging
it into json_format_clause. Also remove the auxiliary
makeJsonEncoding() function.
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202312071841.u2gueb5dsrbk%40alvherre.pgsql
This GUC was intended as a debugging help in the 9.0 area when hot
standby and streaming replication were being developped, able to offer
more information at LOG level rather than DEBUGn. There are more tools
available these days that are able to offer rather equivalent
information, like pg_waldump introduced in 9.3. It is not obvious how
this facility is useful these days, so let's remove it.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZXEXEAUVFrvpquSd@paquier.xyz
The apply worker needs to update the state of the subscription tables to
'READY' during the synchronization phase which requires locking the
corresponding subscription. The apply worker also waits for the
subscription tables to reach the 'SYNCDONE' state after holding the locks
on the subscription and the wait is done using WaitLatch. The 'SYNCDONE'
state is changed by tablesync workers again by locking the corresponding
subscription. Both the state updates use AccessShareLock mode to lock the
subscription, so they can't block each other. However, a backend can
simultaneously try to acquire a lock on the same subscription using
AccessExclusiveLock mode to alter the subscription. Now, the backend's
wait on a lock can sneak in between the apply worker and table sync worker
causing deadlock.
In other words, apply_worker waits for tablesync worker which waits for
backend, and backend waits for apply worker. This is not detected by the
deadlock detector because apply worker uses WaitLatch.
The fix is to release existing locks in apply worker before it starts to
wait for tablesync worker to change the state.
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra
Author: Shlok Kyal
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Peter Smith
Backpatch-through: 12
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d291bb50-12c4-e8af-2af2-7bb9bb4d8e3e@enterprisedb.com
Remove comments that supposed that holding a pin was a useful interlock
for _bt_walk_left(). There are times when _bt_walk_left() doesn't hold
either a lock or a pin on any page, so clearly this can't be true.
_bt_walk_left() is even prepared to deal with concurrent deletion of
both the original page and any pages to its left.
Oversight in commit 2ed5b87f96.
This commit does the following:
* In datum_to_json_internal(), the call to IsValidJsonNumber() is
replaced with simplified validation code. This avoids an extra
call to strlen() in this path, and it avoids validating the
entire string (which is okay since we know we're dealing with a
numeric data type's output).
* In datum_to_json_internal(), the call to escape_json() in the
JSONTYPE_NUMERIC path is replaced with code that just surrounds
the string with quotes. In passing, some other nearby calls to
appendStringInfo() have been replaced with similar code to avoid
unnecessary calls to vsnprintf().
* In composite_to_json(), the length of the separator is now
determined at compile time to avoid unnecessary calls to
strlen().
On my machine, this speeds up a benchmark for the proposed COPY TO
(FORMAT json) command with many integers by upwards of 20%. There
are likely other code paths that could be given a similar
treatment, but that is left as a future exercise.
Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis, Tom Lane, David Rowley, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231207231251.GB3359478%40nathanxps13
Teach _bt_binsrch (and related helper routines like _bt_search and
_bt_compare) about the initial positioning requirements of backward
scans. Routines like _bt_binsrch already know all about "nextkey"
searches, so it seems natural to teach them about "goback"/backward
searches, too. These concepts are closely related, and are much easier
to understand when discussed together.
Now that certain implementation details are hidden from _bt_first, it's
straightforward to add a new optimization: backward scans using the <
strategy now avoid extra leaf page accesses in certain "boundary cases".
Consider the following example, which uses the tenk1 table (and its
tenk1_hundred index) from the standard regression tests:
SELECT * FROM tenk1 WHERE hundred < 12 ORDER BY hundred DESC LIMIT 1;
Before this commit, nbtree would scan two leaf pages, even though it was
only really necessary to scan one leaf page. We'll now descend straight
to the leaf page containing a (12, -inf) high key instead. The scan
will locate matching non-pivot tuples with "hundred" values starting
from the value 11. The scan won't waste a page access on the right
sibling leaf page, which cannot possibly contain any matching tuples.
You can think of the optimization added by this commit as disabling an
optimization (the _bt_compare "!pivotsearch" behavior that was added to
Postgres 12 in commit dd299df8) for a small subset of cases where it was
always counterproductive.
Equivalently, you can think of the new optimization as extending the
"pivotsearch" behavior that page deletion by VACUUM has long required
(since the aforementioned Postgres 12 commit went in) to other, similar
cases. Obviously, this isn't strictly necessary for these new cases
(unlike VACUUM, _bt_first is prepared to move the scan to the left once
on the leaf level), but the underlying principle is the same.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=XPzM8HzaLPq278Vms420mVSHfgs9wi5tjFKHcapZCEw@mail.gmail.com
Allow using multiple worker processes to build BRIN index, which until
now was supported only for BTREE indexes. For large tables this often
results in significant speedup when the build is CPU-bound.
The work is split in a simple way - each worker builds BRIN summaries on
a subset of the table, determined by the regular parallel scan used to
read the data, and feeds them into a shared tuplesort which sorts them
by blkno (start of the range). The leader then reads this sorted stream
of ranges, merges duplicates (which may happen if the parallel scan does
not align with BRIN pages_per_range), and adds the resulting ranges into
the index.
The number of duplicate results produced by workers (requiring merging
in the leader process) should be fairly small, thanks to how parallel
scans assign chunks to workers. The likelihood of duplicate results may
increase for higher pages_per_range values, but then there are fewer
page ranges in total. In any case, we expect the merging to be much
cheaper than summarization, so this should be a win.
Most of the parallelism infrastructure is a simplified copy of the code
used by BTREE indexes, omitting the parts irrelevant for BRIN indexes
(e.g. uniqueness checks).
This also introduces a new index AM flag amcanbuildparallel, determining
whether to attempt to start parallel workers for the index build.
Original patch by me, with reviews and substantial reworks by Matthias
van de Meent, certainly enough to make him a co-author.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c2ee7d69-ce17-43f2-d1a0-9811edbda6e6%40enterprisedb.com
When building BRIN indexes, the brinbuildCallback only advances to the
next page range when seeing a tuple that doesn't belong to the current
one. This means that the index may end up missing ranges at the end of
the table, if those pages do not contain any indexable tuples.
We tend not to have completely empty pages at the end of a relation, but
this also applies to partial indexes, where the tuples may simply not
match the index predicate. This results in inefficient scans using the
affected BRIN index - without the summaries, the page ranges have to be
read and processed, which consumes I/O and possibly also CPU time.
The existing code already added empty ranges for earlier parts of the
table, this commit makes sure we add them for the ranges at the end of
the table too.
Patch by Matthias van de Meent, with review/improvements by me.
Author: Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WiMsPZg%3DxkvSF_jt4%3D69k6K7gz5B8V2wY3gCGZ%2B1BzCbQ%40mail.gmail.com
Commit 252dcb3239 introduced initdb template caching to speed up
tests by re-using initdb output. The initdb command didn't however
use the --no-clean option to preserve generated data in case initdb
crashes unlike pg_regress which does do this. This adds the option
to initdb to aid debugging.
While changing the commandline, switch to using long options for
initdb to make the code more self-documenting.
Author: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WhSTjfK_M+Ea4GSQp8odrEOaQS8HyORd1TJUEiyXaB+rw@mail.gmail.com
This works today, and it's valuable to ensure it doesn't get broken
if/when we get around to refactoring the implementation.
Author: Nikolay Shaplov <dhyan@nataraj.su>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4563991.km65PDbjlG@thinkpad-pgpro
While checking if a record could fit in the circular WAL decoding
buffer, the coding from commit 3f1ce973 used arithmetic that could
overflow. 64 bit systems were unaffected for various technical reasons,
which probably explains the lack of problem reports. Likewise for 32
bit systems running known 32 bit kernels. The systems at risk of
problems appear to be 32 bit processes running on 64 bit kernels, with
unlucky placement in memory.
Per complaint from GCC -fsanitize=undefined -m32, while testing
variations of 039_end_of_wal.pl.
Back-patch to 15.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKH0oRPOX7DhiQ_b51sM8HqcPp2J3WA-Oen%3DdXog%2BAGGQ%40mail.gmail.com
During a pg_upgrade test using an old dump, all references to the old
regress shared library path (so, dylib or dll) are updated to point to
the library path used by the new build, to ensure a consistent
comparison between the old and new dumps.
The test previously relied on a hardcoded value of "src/test/regress/"
to build the new path value, which would point to an incorrect location
for the meson and vpath builds. This is replaced by REGRESS_SHLIB, able
to point to the correct location of the regress shared library.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a628d8ad-a08a-2eab-4ca9-641bc82d3193@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 15
tts_virtual_copyslot() contained an Assert that checked that the srcslot
contained <= attributes than the dstslot. This seems to be backwards as
if the srcslot contained fewer attributes then the dstslot could be left
with stale Datum values from the previously stored tuple. It might make
more sense to allow the source to contain additional attributes and only
copy the leading ones that also exist in the destination, however, that's
not what we're doing here.
Here we just remove the Assert from tts_virtual_copyslot() and add an
Assert to ExecCopySlot() to verify the attribute counts match. There
does not seem to be any places where the destination contains fewer
attributes, so instead of going to the trouble of making the code
properly handle this, let's just ensure the attribute counts match. If
this Assert fails then that will indicate that we do have cases that
require us to handle the srcslot with more attributes than the dstslot.
It seems better to only write this code if there's a genuine requirement
for it rather than write it now only to leave it untested.
Thanks to Andres Freund for helping with the analysis of this.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpMAvBL0T+TRORquyx1iqFQKMVTXtqNocOw0Pa2uh1heg@mail.gmail.com
An invalid index is skipped when doing REINDEX CONCURRENTLY at table
level, with INDEX_CORRUPTED used as errcode. This is confusing,
because an invalid index could exist after an interruption. The errcode
is switched to OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE instead, as per a
suggestion from Andres Freund.
While on it, the error messages are reworded, and a hint is added,
telling how to rebuild an invalid index in this case. This has been
suggested by Noah Misch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231118230958.4fm3fhk4ypshxopa@awork3.anarazel.de
The commit 29d0a77fa6 labelled binary_upgrade_logical_slot_has_caught_up()
as a non-strict function to allow providing a better error message to callers
in case the passed slot_name is NULL. On further discussion, it seems that
it is not helpful to have a different error message for NULL input in this
function, so this patch marks the function as strict.
This patch also removes the explicit permission check to use replication
slots as this function is invoked only by superusers and instead adds an
Assert.
Reported-by: Masahiko Sawada
Author: Hayato Kuroda
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDSyiBKkMXBxN_gUayZZUCOgyHnG8Ge8rcPXNP3Tf6B4g@mail.gmail.com
A REINDEX CONCURRENTLY run on a table with no indexes would always pop
the topmost snapshot from the active snapshot stack, making the snapshot
handling inconsistent between the multiple-relation and single-relation
cases. This commit slightly changes the snapshot stack handling so as a
snapshot is popped only ReindexMultipleInternal() in this case after a
relation has been reindexed, fixing a problem where an event trigger
function may need a snapshot but does not have one. This also keeps the
places where PopActiveSnapshot() is called closer to each other.
While on it, this expands the existing tests to cover all the cases that
could be faced with REINDEX commands and such event triggers, for one or
more relations, with or without indexes.
This behavior is inconsistent since 5dc92b844e, but we've never had a
need for an active snapshot at the end of a REINDEX until now.
Thanks also to Jian He for the input.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cb538743-484c-eb6a-a8c5-359980cd3a17@gmail.com
pg_test_fsync's signal_cleanup() intentionally ignores the write()
result since there's not much we could do about it, but certain
compilers make that harder than it ought to be.
This was missed in commit 52e98d4502.
Reviewed-by: Tristan Partin, Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231206161839.GA2828158%40nathanxps13
This commit removes the restriction that would not apply filters to the
dumps used for comparison in the TAP test of pg_upgrade when using the
same base version for the old and new nodes.
The previous logic would fail on Windows if loading a dump while using
the same set of binaries for the old and new nodes, as the library
dependencies updated in the old dump would append CRLFs to the dump
file as it is treated as a text file. The dump filtering logic replaces
all CRLFs (\r\n) by LFs (\n), which is able to prevent this issue.
When the old and new versions of the binaries are the same,
AdjustUpgrade removes all blank lines, removes version-based comments
generated by pg_dump and replaces CRLFs by LFs.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/60d434b9-53d9-9ea1-819b-efebdcf44e41@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 15
The old names were too generic, and would have applied to any binary
that made use of JsonManifestParseContext. Rename to make the names
specific to pg_verifybackup, since there are plans afoot to reuse
this infrastructure.
Per suggestion from Álvaro Herrra.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/202311131625.o7hzq3oukuyd@alvherre.pgsql
There is no real reason to just run multiple words together when
we can instead punctuate them with marks intended for that purpose.
Per suggestion from Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/202311161021.nisg7imt7kyf@alvherre.pgsql
When preparing commit 98e675ed7a I accidentally forgot to run
pgindent, which did produce a diff. Fix by adding the required
whitespace per the koel buildfarm failure.
Commit 5a991ef869 accidentally reversed the order of the tuples
and fields parameters, making the error message incorrectly refer
to 3 tuples with 1 field when IDENTIFY_SYSTEM returns 1 tuple and
3 or 4 fields. Fix by changing the order of the parameters. This
also adds a comment describing why we check for < 3 when postgres
since 9.4 has been sending 4 fields.
Backpatch all the way since the bug is almost a decade old.
Author: Tomonari Katsumata <t.katsumata1122@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Bug: #18224
Backpatch-through: v12
The logic to keep the libpq command queue in sync with queries that have
been processed had a bug when errors were returned for reasons other
than problems in queries -- for example, when a connection is lost. We
incorrectly consumed an element from the command queue every time, but
this is wrong and can lead to the queue becoming empty ahead of time,
leading to later malfunction: PQgetResult would return nothing,
potentially causing the calling application to enter a busy loop.
Fix by making the SYNC queue element a barrier that can only be consumed
when a SYNC message is received.
Backpatch to 14.
Reported by: Иван Трофимов (Ivan Trofimov) <i.trofimow@yandex.ru>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17948-fcace7557e449957@postgresql.org
The failed test was trying to validate that the two_phase option for a
slot is retained after the upgrade. The problem was that it didn't get
enabled before the upgrade so expecting to be enabled after the upgrade
was not right in the first place. This is a timing issue because we enable
the two_phase once the initial sync for all the tables is finished.
Normally, we wait for the two_phase state to be enabled but this test
missed that step.
Per buildfarm.
Author: Hayato Kuroda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TY3PR01MB98892396D1071FC4320D6B31F586A@TY3PR01MB9889.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Presently, pg_convert() allocates a new bytea and copies the result
regardless of whether any conversion actually happened. This
commit adjusts this function to return the source pointer as-is if
no conversion occurred. This optimization isn't expected to make a
tremendous difference, but it still seems worthwhile to avoid
unnecessary memory allocations.
Author: Yurii Rashkovskii
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BRLCQyknBPSWXRBQGOi6aYEcdQ9RpH9Kch4GjoeY8dQ3D%2Bvhw%40mail.gmail.com
After commit fd5e8b440d, InitProcess() is called later in the
EXEC_BACKEND startup sequence, so it's enough to set the
am_autovacuum_[launcher|worker] variables at the same place as in the
!EXEC_BACKEND case.
It draws an unnecessary error in builds compiled without thread support.
Added by commit 038f586d5f, which was backpatched to 14; though in
branch master we no longer support such builds, there's no reason to
have this there, so remove it in all branches since 14.
Reported-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZW2G9Ix4nBKLcSSO@paquier.xyz
This commit adds support for REINDEX in event triggers, making this
command react for the events ddl_command_start and ddl_command_end. The
indexes rebuilt are collected with the ReindexStmt emitted by the
caller, for the concurrent and non-concurrent paths.
Thanks to that, it is possible to know a full list of the indexes that a
single REINDEX command has worked on.
Author: Garrett Thornburg, Jian He
Reviewed-by: Jim Jones, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEEqfk5bm32G7sbhzHbES9WejD8O8DCEOaLkxoBP7HNWxjPpvg@mail.gmail.com
The order of process initialization steps is now more consistent
between !EXEC_BACKEND and EXEC_BACKEND modes. InitProcess() is called
at the same place in either mode. We can now also move the
AttachSharedMemoryStructs() call into InitProcess() itself. This
reduces the number of "#ifdef EXEC_BACKEND" blocks.
Reviewed-by: Tristan Partin, Andres Freund, Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/7a59b073-5b5b-151e-7ed3-8b01ff7ce9ef@iki.fi
The BackgroundWorker struct is now passed the same way as the Port
struct. Seems more consistent.
This makes it possible to move InitProcess later in SubPostmasterMain
(in next commit), as we no longer need to access shared memory to read
background worker entry.
Reviewed-by: Tristan Partin, Andres Freund, Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/7a59b073-5b5b-151e-7ed3-8b01ff7ce9ef@iki.fi
For clarity, have separate functions for *creating* the shared memory
and semaphores at postmaster or single-user backend startup, and
for *attaching* to existing shared memory structures in EXEC_BACKEND
case. CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores() is now called only at
postmaster startup, and a new AttachSharedMemoryStructs() function is
called at backend startup in EXEC_BACKEND mode.
Reviewed-by: Tristan Partin, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/7a59b073-5b5b-151e-7ed3-8b01ff7ce9ef@iki.fi
The padding bytes written to the backend params file were
uninitialized. That's harmless because we don't access the padding
bytes when we read the file back in, but Valgrind doesn't know
that. In any case, clear the padding bytes to make Valgrind happy.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/014768ed-8b39-c44f-b07c-098c87b1644c@gmail.com
When creating a partitioned index, the partition key must be a subset
of the index's columns. But this currently doesn't check that the
collations between the partition key and the index definition match.
So you can construct a unique index that fails to enforce uniqueness.
(This would most likely involve a nondeterministic collation, so it
would have to be crafted explicitly and is not something that would
just happen by accident.)
This patch adds the required collation check. As a result, any
previously allowed unique index that has a collation mismatch would no
longer be allowed to be created.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/3327cb54-f7f1-413b-8fdb-7a9dceebb938%40eisentraut.org
Commit 861f86beea changed hash_xlog_squeeze_page() to start reading
the write buffer conditionally but forgot to initialize it leading to an
uninitialized access.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Hayato Kuroda
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin, Amit Kapila
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/62ed1a9f-746a-8e86-904b-51b9b806a1d9@gmail.com
Commit 7389aad6 removed the notion of backends started from inside a
signal handler. A stray comment still referred to them, while
explaining the need for a call to set_stack_base(). That leads to the
question of whether we still need the call in !EXEC_BACKEND builds.
There doesn't seem to be much point in suppressing it now, as it doesn't
hurt and probably helps to measure the stack base from the exact same
place in EXEC_BACKEND and !EXEC_BACKEND builds.
Back-patch to 16.
Reported-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reported-by: Tristan Partin <tristan@neon.tech>
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BEJHcevNGNOxVWxTNFbuB%3Dvjf4U68%2B85rAC_Sxvy2zEQ%40mail.gmail.com
InitAuxiliaryProcess() closely resembles InitProcess(), but it didn't
call InitLWLockAccess(). But because InitLWLockAccess() is a no-op
unless compiled with LWLOCK_STATS, and everything works even if it's
not called, the only consequence was that the stats were not printed
for aux processes.
This was an oversight in commit 1c6821be31, in version 9.5, so it is
missing in all supported branches. But since it only affects
developers using LWLOCK_STATS and no one has complained, no
backpatching.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20231130202648.7k6agmuizdilufnv@awork3.anarazel.de
Commit a5cf808be5 accidentally passed signed chars to isalpha and
isspace in the parser code which leads to undefined behavior. Fix
by casting the parameters to unsigned chars.
Author: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reported-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/388186.1701315586@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZWgg5xim2CXQcfmh@paquier.xyz
It's not necessary to fill the key field in most cases, since
hash_search has already done that. Some existing call sites have an
assert or comment that this contract has been fulfilled, but those
are quite old and that practice seems unnecessary here.
While at it, remove a nearby redundant assignment that a smart compiler
will elide anyway.
Zhao Junwang, with some adjustments by me
Reviewed by Nathan Bossart, with additional feedback from Tom Lane
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAEG8a3%2BUPF%3DR2QGPgJMF2mKh8xPd1H2TmfH77zPuVUFdBpiGUA%40mail.gmail.com
The test module includes helper functions to quickly burn through lots
of XIDs. They are used in the tests, and are also handy for manually
testing XID wraparound.
Since these tests are very expensive the entire suite is disabled by
default. It requires to set PG_TEST_EXTRA to run it.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, John Naylor, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: vignesh C
Author: Heikki Linnakangas, Masahiko Sawada, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAD21AoDVhkXp8HjpFO-gp3TgL6tCKcZQNxn04m01VAtcSi-5sA%40mail.gmail.com
Quotes are applied to GUCs in a very inconsistent way across the code
base, with a mix of double quotes or no quotes used. This commit
removes double quotes around all the GUC names that are obviously
referred to as parameters with non-English words (use of underscore,
mixed case, etc).
This is the result of a discussion with Álvaro Herrera, Nathan Bossart,
Laurenz Albe, Peter Eisentraut, Tom Lane and Daniel Gustafsson.
Author: Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+Pv-kSN8SkxSdoHano_wPubqcg5789ejhCDZAcLFceBR-w@mail.gmail.com
Previously, a background psql session uses the default timeout and it
cannot be overridden. This change adds a new option to set the timeout
during start.
There are no users of this new option. It is needed for an upcoming
patch adding tests for XID wraparound.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Noah Misch
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/C9CF2F76-0D81-4C9D-9832-202BE8517056%40yesql.se
We allow to upgrade the slot iff there is no pending WAL to be processed.
The test first disables the subscription to avoid unnecessary LOGs on the
subscriber and then stops the publisher node. It is quite possible that
just before the shutdown of the publisher, autovacuum generates some WAL
record that needs to be processed, so just disable the autovacuum for this
test.
Per buildfarm.
Author: Hayato Kuroda
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/OS3PR01MB9882FED1F0060468FB01B9DAF583A@OS3PR01MB9882.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
The set_query_timer_restart() required an argument to define a value
to query_timer_restart, but none of the existing callers passes an
argument to this function.
This changes the function to set a value without an argument.
Backpatch through 16 where the background psql TAP functions were
refactored by 664d757531.
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoA0B6VKe_5A9nZi8i5umwSN-zJJuPVNht9DaOZ9SJumMA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
When there is a need to filter multiple tables with include and/or exclude
options it's quite possible to run into the limitations of the commandline.
This adds a --filter=FILENAME feature to pg_dump, pg_dumpall and pg_restore
which is used to supply a file containing object exclude/include commands
which work just like their commandline counterparts. The format of the file
is one command per row like:
<command> <object> <objectpattern>
<command> can be "include" or "exclude", <object> can be table_data, index
table_data_and_children, database, extension, foreign_data, function, table
schema, table_and_children or trigger.
This patch has gone through many revisions and design changes over a long
period of time, the list of reviewers reflect reviewers of some version of
the patch, not necessarily the final version.
Patch by Pavel Stehule with some additional hacking by me.
Author: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: vignesh C <vignesh21@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRB10wvW0CC9Xq=1XDs=zCQxer3cbLcNZa+qiX4cUH-G_A@mail.gmail.com
For the trivial case of iovcnt == 1, kernels are measurably slower at
dealing with the more complex arguments of preadv/pwritev than the
equivalent plain old pread/pwrite. The overheads are worth it for
iovcnt > 1, but for 1 let's just redirect to the cheaper calls. While
we could leave it to callers to worry about that, we already have to
have our own pg_ wrappers for portability reasons so it seems
reasonable to centralize this knowledge there (thanks to Heikki for this
suggestion). Try to avoid function call overheads by making them
inlinable, which might also allow the compiler to avoid the branch in
some cases. For systems that don't have preadv and pwritev (currently:
Windows and [closed] Solaris), we might as well pull the replacement
functions up into the static inline functions too.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJkOiOCa+mag4BF+zHo7qo=o9CFheB8=g6uT5TUm2gkvA@mail.gmail.com
Switch from using TransactionId to FullTransactionId in naming of 2PC files.
Transaction state file in the pg_twophase directory now have extra 8 bytes in
the name to address an epoch of a given xid.
Author: Maxim Orlov, Aleksander Alekseev, Alexander Korotkov, Teodor Sigaev
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Pavel Borisov, Yura Sokolov
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Heikki Linnakangas, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Japin Li, Pavel Borisov, Tom Lane, Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin, Dilip Kumar, Aleksander Alekseev
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACG%3DezZe1NQSCnfHOr78AtAZxJZeCvxrts0ygrxYwe%3DpyyjVWA%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TPDOYBYrnCAeyndkBktO0WG2xSdYduTF0nxq%2BvfkmTF5Q%40mail.gmail.com
This avoids the wraparound in async.c and removes the corresponding code
complexity. The maximum amount of allocated SLRU pages for NOTIFY / LISTEN
queue is now determined by the max_notify_queue_pages GUC. The default
value is 1048576. It allows to consume up to 8 GB of disk space which is
exactly the limit we had previously.
Author: Maxim Orlov, Aleksander Alekseev, Alexander Korotkov, Teodor Sigaev
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Pavel Borisov, Yura Sokolov
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Heikki Linnakangas, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Japin Li, Pavel Borisov, Tom Lane, Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin, Dilip Kumar, Aleksander Alekseev
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACG%3DezZe1NQSCnfHOr78AtAZxJZeCvxrts0ygrxYwe%3DpyyjVWA%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TPDOYBYrnCAeyndkBktO0WG2xSdYduTF0nxq%2BvfkmTF5Q%40mail.gmail.com
We've had repeated bugs in the area of handling SLRU wraparound in the past,
some of which have caused data loss. Switching to an indexing system for SLRUs
that does not wrap around should allow us to get rid of a whole bunch
of problems and improve the overall reliability of the system.
This particular patch however only changes the indexing and doesn't address
the wraparound per se. This is going to be done in the following patches.
Author: Maxim Orlov, Aleksander Alekseev, Alexander Korotkov, Teodor Sigaev
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Pavel Borisov, Yura Sokolov
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Heikki Linnakangas, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Japin Li, Pavel Borisov, Tom Lane, Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin, Dilip Kumar, Aleksander Alekseev
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACG%3DezZe1NQSCnfHOr78AtAZxJZeCvxrts0ygrxYwe%3DpyyjVWA%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TPDOYBYrnCAeyndkBktO0WG2xSdYduTF0nxq%2BvfkmTF5Q%40mail.gmail.com
Assigning a precedence to a keyword that isn't a kind of expression
operator is rather dangerous, because it might mask grammar
ambiguities that we'd rather know about. It's much safer to attach
explicit precedences to individual rules, which will affect the
behavior of only that one rule. Moreover, when we do have to give
a precedence to a non-operator keyword, we should try to give it the
same precedence as IDENT, thereby reducing the risk of surprising
side-effects.
Apply this hard-won knowledge to SET (which I misassigned ages ago
in commit 2647ad658) and some SQL/JSON-related productions
(from commits 6ee30209a, 71bfd1543).
Patch HEAD only, since there's no evidence of actual bugs here.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADT4RqBPdbsZW7HS1jJP319TMRHs1hzUiP=iRJYR6UqgHCrgNQ@mail.gmail.com
We should have done it this way all along, but we accidentally got
away with using the wrong BIO field up until OpenSSL 3.2. There,
the library's BIO routines that we rely on use the "data" field
for their own purposes, and our conflicting use causes assorted
weird behaviors up to and including core dumps when SSL connections
are attempted. Switch to using the approved field for the purpose,
i.e. app_data.
While at it, remove our configure probes for BIO_get_data as well
as the fallback implementation. BIO_{get,set}_app_data have been
there since long before any OpenSSL version that we still support,
even in the back branches.
Also, update src/test/ssl/t/001_ssltests.pl to allow for a minor
change in an error message spelling that evidently came in with 3.2.
Tristan Partin and Bo Andreson. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAN55FZ1eDDYsYaL7mv+oSLUij2h_u6hvD4Qmv-7PK7jkji0uyQ@mail.gmail.com
If the tuple being updated is not visible to the crosscheck snapshot,
we return TM_Updated but the assertions would not hold in that case.
Move them to before the cross-check.
Fixes bug #17893. Backpatch to all supported versions.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Backpatch-through: 12
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/17893-35847009eec517b5%40postgresql.org
Add support for tab completion of WITH (...) options to CREATE VIEW,
and for the corresponding SET/RESET (...) options in ALTER VIEW.
Christoph Heiss, reviewed by Melih Mutlu, Vignesh C, Jim Jones,
Mikhail Gribkov, David Zhang, Shubham Khanna, and me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a2075c5a-66f9-a564-f038-9ac044b03117@c8h4.io
Some buildfarm members have been failing a test related to pg_stat_io,
as an effect of 23c8c0c8f4 that has switched pg_stat_reset_shared()
from being a no-op to reset all shared stats types.
This extra reset has the effect to make pg_stat_io's counters low enough
that little concurrent activity is enough to cause a failure. Another
thing I have considered is to move this sequence at the end of
stats.sql, but there are other instabilities, one being pg_stat_wal.
Knowing that there are already tests for the reset of each individual
shared stats target, this test has limited value, so let's remove it to
minimize the number of resets done for each shared stats type. This
should hopefully improve the stability of the whole.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3500949.1700935734@sss.pgh.pa.us
This routine is located in heapam_handler.c, not tableamapi.c. Issue
noted while hacking the area for a different patch.
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZWQuHltp2KS_0Cct@paquier.xyz
scram_SaltedPassword() could take a long time to compute when the number
of iterations used is large enough, and this code uses a tight loop to
compute a salted password.
Note that the same issue exists in libpq when using \password and a
large iteration number, but this cannot be interrupted. A CFI in the
backend is useful for server-side computations, at least.
Backpatch down to 16, where the user-settable GUC scram_iterations has
been added.
Author: Bowen Shi
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAM_vCueV6xfr08KczfaCEk5J_qeTZtgqN7+orkNLx=g+phE82Q@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
00b41463c adjusted Bitmapset so that an empty set is always represented
as NULL. This makes checking for empty sets far cheaper than it used
to be.
There were various places in the code where we'd call bms_membership()
to handle the 3 possible BMS_Membership values. For the BMS_SINGLETON
case, we'd also call bms_singleton_member() to find the single set member.
This can now be done in a more optimal way by first checking if the set is
NULL and then not bothering with bms_membership() and simply call
bms_get_singleton_member() instead to find the single member. This
function will return false if there are multiple members in the set.
Here we also tidy up some logic in examine_variable() for the single
member case. There's now no need to call bms_is_member() as we've
already established that we're working with a singleton Bitmapset, so we
can just check if varRelid matches the singleton member.
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqW+CxNPcY245GaWiuqkkqgTudtG2ncGvvSjGn2wdTZLA@mail.gmail.com
As of commits dd04e958c8 and 1833f1a1c3, tuplestore_donestoring(),
SPI_push(), SPI_pop(), SPI_push_conditional(),
SPI_pop_conditional(), and SPI_restore_connection() are no-op
macros provided for backwards compatibility. This commit removes
these macros, so any uses in third-party code will need to be
removed, too. Since these macros have been no-ops for a while,
such adjustments won't produce any behavior changes for all
currently-supported versions of PostgreSQL.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVeO58JM5tK2Qa8QC-%3DkC8sdkJOTd4BFU%3DK8zs4gGYpjQ%40mail.gmail.com
Fix a bug introduced by c1ec02be1d. It may happen that the executor
opens indexes on the result relation, but no rows end up being inserted.
Then the index_insert_cleanup still gets executed, but passes down NULL
to the AM callback. The AM callback may not expect this, as is the case
of brininsertcleanup, leading to a crash.
Fixed by only calling the cleanup callback if (ii_AmCache != NULL). This
way the AM can simply assume to only see a valid cache.
Reported-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-w9qC-o9hQox9UHvdVZAYTp8OrPQOKtwbvzWaRejTT=Q@mail.gmail.com
XLogSetAsyncXactLSN(), called at asynchronous commit, would wake up
walwriter every time the LSN advances, but walwriter doesn't actually
do anything unless it has at least 'wal_writer_flush_after' full
blocks of WAL to write. Repeatedly waking up walwriter to do nothing
is a waste of CPU cycles in both walwriter and the backends doing the
wakeups. To fix, apply the same logic in XLogSetAsyncXactLSN() to
decide whether to wake up walwriter, as walwriter uses to determine if
it has any work to do.
In the passing, rename misleadingly named 'flushbytes' local variable
to 'flushblocks'.
Author: Andres Freund, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20231024230929.vsc342baqs7kmbte@awork3.anarazel.de
52e4f0cd4 introduced a bug in pgoutput in which missing values in tuples
were incorrectly filled in with NULL. The problem was the use of
CreateTupleDescCopy where CreateTupleDescCopyConstr was required, as the
former drops the constraints in the tuple description (specifically, the
default value constraint) on the floor.
The bug could result in incorrectness when a table replicated via
`REPLICA IDENTITY FULL` underwent a schema change that added a column
with a default value. The problem is that in such cases updates fill NULL
values in old tuples for missing columns for default values. Then on the
subscriber, we failed to find a matching tuple and missed updating the
required row.
Author: Nikhil Benesch
Reviewed-by: Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 15
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAPWqQZTEpZQamYsGMn6ZDRvVywwpVPiKH6OY4KSgA+NmeqFNzA@mail.gmail.com
The libpq code in charge of creating per-connection SSL objects was
prone to a race condition when loading the custom BIO methods needed by
my_SSL_set_fd(). As BIO methods are stored as a static variable, the
initialization of a connection could fail because it could be possible
to have one thread refer to my_bio_methods while it is being manipulated
by a second concurrent thread.
This error has been introduced by 8bb14cdd33, that has removed
ssl_config_mutex around the call of my_SSL_set_fd(), that itself sets
the custom BIO methods used in libpq. Like previously, the BIO method
initialization is now protected by the existing ssl_config_mutex, itself
initialized earlier for WIN32.
While on it, document that my_bio_methods is protected by
ssl_config_mutex, as this can be easy to miss.
Reported-by: Willi Mann
Author: Willi Mann, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e77abc4c-4d03-4058-a9d7-ef0035657e04@celonis.com
Backpatch-through: 12
Values corresponding to STATISTIC_KIND_RANGE_LENGTH_HISTOGRAM and
STATISTIC_KIND_BOUNDS_HISTOGRAM were not exposed to pg_stats when these
slot kinds were introduced in 918eee0c49.
This commit adds the missing fields to pg_stats.
Catversion is bumped.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/b67d8b57-9357-7e82-a2e7-f6ce6eaeec67@postgrespro.ru
Author: Egor Rogov, Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Justin Pryzby, Jian He
Make a reminder that pg_stats view needs to be modified whenever a new slot
kind is added. To prevent situations like 918eee0c49 when pg_stats was
forgotten to be updated.
Also, revise the comment that only non-null, non-empty rows are considered
for the range length histogram.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/b67d8b57-9357-7e82-a2e7-f6ce6eaeec67@postgrespro.ru
Author: Egor Rogov, Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Justin Pryzby, Jian He
The brininsert code used to initialize (and destroy) BrinDesc and
BrinRevmap for each tuple, which is not free. This patch initializes
these structures only once, and reuses them for all inserts in the same
command. The data is passed through indexInfo->ii_AmCache.
This also introduces an optional AM callback "aminsertcleanup" that
allows performing custom cleanup in case simply pfree-ing ii_AmCache is
not sufficient (which is the case when the cache contains TupleDesc,
Buffers, and so on).
Author: Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Matthias van de Meent, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE-ML%2B9r2%3DaO1wwji1sBN9gvPz2xRAtFUGfnffpd0ZqyuzjamA%40mail.gmail.com
Explain where pqsignal() came from, what problem it originally solved
without assuming the reader is familiar with historical Unixen, why we
still need it, what it does for us now, and the key differences in
frontend code on Windows.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BRst1h3uo%2BXRgdRVnWHBa4mmj5gFbmCzZr73s-Fh_5JA%40mail.gmail.com
When using GSSAPI encryption in non-blocking mode, libpq sometimes
failed with "GSSAPI caller failed to retransmit all data needing
to be retried". The cause is that pqPutMsgEnd rounds its transmit
request down to an even multiple of 8K, and sometimes that can lead
to not requesting a write of data that was requested to be written
(but reported as not written) earlier. That can upset pg_GSS_write's
logic for dealing with not-yet-written data, since it's possible
the data in question had already been incorporated into an encrypted
packet that we weren't able to send during the previous call.
We could fix this with a one-or-two-line hack to disable pqPutMsgEnd's
round-down behavior, but that seems like making the caller work around
a behavior that pg_GSS_write shouldn't expose in this way. Instead,
adjust pg_GSS_write to never report a partial write: it either
reports a complete write, or reflects the failure of the lower-level
pqsecure_raw_write call. The requirement still exists for the caller
to present at least as much data as on the previous call, but with
the caller-visible write start point not moving there is no temptation
for it to present less. We lose some ability to reclaim buffer space
early, but I doubt that that will make much difference in practice.
This also gets rid of a rather dubious assumption that "any
interesting failure condition (from pqsecure_raw_write) will recur
on the next try". We've not seen failure reports traceable to that,
but I've never trusted it particularly and am glad to remove it.
Make the same adjustments to the equivalent backend routine
be_gssapi_write(). It is probable that there's no bug on the backend
side, since we don't have a notion of nonblock mode there; but we
should keep the logic the same to ease future maintenance.
Per bug #18210 from Lars Kanis. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18210-4c6d0b14627f2eb8@postgresql.org
A WaitEventSet holds file descriptors or event handles (on Windows).
If FreeWaitEventSet is not called, those fds or handles are leaked.
Use ResourceOwners to track WaitEventSets, to clean those up
automatically on error.
This was a live bug in async Append nodes, if a FDW's
ForeignAsyncRequest function failed. (In back branches, I will apply a
more localized fix for that based on PG_TRY-PG_FINALLY.)
The added test doesn't check for leaking resources, so it passed even
before this commit. But at least it covers the code path.
In the passing, fix misleading comment on what the 'nevents' argument
to WaitEventSetWait means.
Report by Alexander Lakhin, analysis and suggestion for the fix by
Tom Lane. Fixes bug #17828.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/472235.1678387869@sss.pgh.pa.us
The copy command formed for initial sync was using parenthesis for tables
with no columns leading to syntax error. This patch avoids adding
parenthesis for such tables.
Reported-by: Justin G
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 15
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/18203-df37fe354b626670@postgresql.org
In replorigin_session_setup(), we were needlessly looping for
max_replication_slots even after finding an existing slot for the origin.
This shouldn't hurt us much except for probably large values of
max_replication_slots.
Author: Antonin Houska
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/2694.1700471273@antos
As written, the query checked for an access method of type 's', which is
not an AM type supported in the core code.
Error introduced by 8586bf7ed8. As this query is not checking what it
should, backpatch all the way down.
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZVxJkAJrKbfHETiy@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 12
The original code would miscalculate the total number of cells when the
table to print has more than ~4 billion cells, leading to an unnecessary
error. Repair by changing some computations to be 64-bits wide. Add
some necessary overflow checks.
Author: Hongxu Ma <interma@outlook.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYBP286MB0351B057B101C90D7C1239E6B4E2A@TYBP286MB0351.JPNP286.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
This refactoring reduces the code in charge of creating replication
slots from two "if" block to a single one, making it slightly cleaner.
This change is possible since 1d04a59be3, that has removed the
intermediate code that existed between the two "if" blocks in charge of
initializing the output message buffer.
Author: Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PtnJzqKT41Zt8pChRzba=QgCqjtfYvcf84NMj3VFJoKfw@mail.gmail.com
This commit log messages (at LOG level when log_replication_commands is
set, otherwise at DEBUG1 level) when walsenders acquire and release
replication slots. These messages help to know the lifetime of a
replication slot - one can know how long a streaming standby, logical
subscriber, or replication slot consumer is down. These messages will be
useful on production servers to debug and analyze inactive replication
slots.
Note that these messages are emitted only for walsenders but not for
backends. This is because walsenders are the ones that typically hold
replication slots for longer durations, unlike backends which hold them
for executing replication related functions.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Amit Kapila, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACX17G7F-jeLt+7KhJ6YxVeRwR8Zk0rDh4VnT546o0UpTQ@mail.gmail.com
Recent commit f26c2368dc introduced a search_path cache, but left some
potential out-of-memory hazards. Simplify the code and make it safer
against OOM.
This change reintroduces one list_copy(), losing a small amount of the
performance gained in f26c2368dc. A future change may optimize away
the list_copy() again if it can be done in a safer way.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e6fded24cb8a2c53d4ef069d9f69cc7baaafe9ef.camel@j-davis.com
As coded, the start block calculated by BufFileAppend() would overflow
once more than 16k files are used with a default block size. This issue
existed before b1e5c9fa9a, but there's no reason not to be clean about
it.
Per report from Coverity, with a fix suggested by Tom Lane.
The DROP STATISTICS code failed to properly lock the table, leading to
ERROR: tuple concurrently deleted
when executed concurrently with ANALYZE.
Fixed by modifying RemoveStatisticsById() to acquire the same lock as
ANALYZE. This function is called only by DROP STATISTICS, as ANALYZE
calls RemoveStatisticsDataById() directly.
Reported by Justin Pryzby, fix by me. Backpatch through 12. The code was
like this since it was introduced in 10, but older releases are EOL.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Backpatch-through: 12
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZUuk-8CfbYeq6g_u@pryzbyj2023
Commits 146604ec43 and a898b409f6 added overflow checks to
interval_mul(), but not to interval_div(), which contains almost
identical code, and so is susceptible to the same kinds of
overflows. In addition, those checks did not catch all possible
overflow conditions.
Add additional checks to the "cascade down" code in interval_mul(),
and copy all the overflow checks over to the corresponding code in
interval_div(), so that they both generate "interval out of range"
errors, rather than returning bogus results.
Given that these errors are relatively easy to hit, back-patch to all
supported branches.
Per bug #18200 from Alexander Lakhin, and subsequent investigation.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18200-5ea288c7b2d504b1%40postgresql.org
Compute size first, then allocate, then update the structure.
Previously, an out-of-memory when growing could leave the hashtable in
an inconsistent state.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231117201334.eyb542qr5yk4gilq@awork3.anarazel.de
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Gurjeet Singh
When there are no indexes on a table, we vacuum each heap block after
pruning it and then update the freespace map. Periodically, we also
vacuum the freespace map. This was done while unnecessarily holding a
lock on the heap page. Release the lock before calling
FreeSpaceMapVacuumRange() and, while we're at it, ensure the range
includes the heap block we just vacuumed.
There are no known deadlocks or other similar issues, therefore don't
backpatch. It's certainly not good to do all this work under a lock, but it's
not frequently reached, making it not worth the risk of backpatching.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_YiL%3D44GvGnt1dpYouDSSoV7wzxVoXs8m3p311rp-TVQQ%40mail.gmail.com
examine_simple_variable() left this as an unimplemented case years
ago, with the result that plans for queries involving un-flattened
CTEs might be much stupider than necessary. It's not hard to extend
the existing logic for RTE_SUBQUERY cases to also be able to drill
down into CTEs, so let's do that.
There was some discussion of whether this patch breaks the idea
of a MATERIALIZED CTE being an optimization fence. We concluded
it's okay, because we already allow the outer planner level to
see the estimated width and rowcount of the CTE result, and
letting it see column statistics too seems fairly equivalent.
Basically, what we expect of the optimization fence is that the
outer query should not affect the plan chosen for the CTE query.
Once that plan is chosen, it's okay for the outer planner level
to make use of whatever information we have about it.
Jian Guo and Tom Lane, per complaint from Hans Buschmann
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4504e67078d648cdac3651b2960da6e7@nidsa.net
This adds alternative expected files for various tests.
In src/test/regress/sql/password.sql, we make a small change to the
test so that the CREATE ROLE still succeeds even if the ALTER ROLE
that attempts to set a password might fail. That way, the roles are
available for the rest of the test file in either case.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/dbbd927f-ef1f-c9a1-4ec6-c759778ac852%40enterprisedb.com
A few places in array_in() and plperl would report a misleading value
(always MAXDIM+1) for the number of dimensions in the input, because
we'd error out as soon as that was clearly too large rather than
scanning the entire input. There doesn't seem to be much value in
offering the true number, at least not enough to justify the extra
complication involved in trying to get it. So just remove that
parenthetical remark. We already have other places that do it
like that, anyway.
Per suggestions from Alexander Lakhin and Heikki Linnakangas.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2794005.1683042087@sss.pgh.pa.us
The code previously relied on "long" as type to track block numbers,
which would be 4 bytes in all Windows builds or any 32-bit builds. This
limited the code to be able to handle up to 16TB of data with the
default block size of 8kB, like during a CLUSTER. This code now relies
on a more portable int64, which should be more than enough for at least
the next 20 years to come.
This issue has been reported back in 2017, but nothing was done about it
back then, so here we go now.
Reported-by: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznCscXnWmnj=STC0aSa7QG+BRedDnZsP=Jo_R9GUZvUrg@mail.gmail.com
This routine has been marked as NOT_USED since 20ad43b576 from 2000,
and a patch is planned to switch the logtape/tuplestore APIs to rely on
int64 rather than long for the block nunbers, which is more portable.
Keeping it is more confusing than anything at this stage, so let's get
rid of it entirely.
Thanks for Heikki Linnakangas for the poke on this one.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5047be8c-7ee6-4dd5-af76-6c916c3103b4@iki.fi
contain_mutable_functions and contain_volatile_functions give
reliable answers only after expression preprocessing (specifically
eval_const_expressions). Some places understand this, but some did
not get the memo --- which is not entirely their fault, because the
problem is documented only in places far away from those functions.
Introduce wrapper functions that allow doing the right thing easily,
and add commentary in hopes of preventing future mistakes from
copy-and-paste of code that's only conditionally safe.
Two actual bugs of this ilk are fixed here. We failed to preprocess
column GENERATED expressions before checking mutability, so that the
code could fail to detect the use of a volatile function
default-argument expression, or it could reject a polymorphic function
that is actually immutable on the datatype of interest. Likewise,
column DEFAULT expressions weren't preprocessed before determining if
it's safe to apply the attmissingval mechanism. A false negative
would just result in an unnecessary table rewrite, but a false
positive could allow the attmissingval mechanism to be used in a case
where it should not be, resulting in unexpected initial values in a
new column.
In passing, re-order the steps in ComputePartitionAttrs so that its
checks for invalid column references are done before applying
expression_planner, rather than after. The previous coding would
not complain if a partition expression contains a disallowed column
reference that gets optimized away by constant folding, which seems
to me to be a behavior we do not want.
Per bug #18097 from Jim Keener. Back-patch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18097-ebb179674f22932f@postgresql.org
If the tap_tests option is disabled under Meson, the TAP tests are
currently not registered at all. But this makes it harder to see what
is going on, why suddently there are fewer tests than before.
Instead, run testwrap with an option that marks the test as skipped.
That way, the total list and count of tests is constant whether the
option is enabled or not.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ad5ec96d-69ec-317b-a137-367ea5019b61@eisentraut.org
Currently, pg_stat_reset_shared() cannot reset the counters in the view
pg_stat_slru even if it is a type of shared stats. This patch adds
support for a new value in pg_stat_reset_shared(), called "slru", able
to do that. Note that pg_stat_reset_shared(NULL) also resets SLRU
counters.
There may be a point in removing pg_stat_reset_slru() that was
introduced in 28cac71bd3 (v13~) as the new option overlaps with this
function, but we would lose the ability to reset individual SLRU
counters. This is left for future reconsideration.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e3c25d72e81378e7b64f3c52e0306fc9@oss.nttdata.com
"AS" is added as a suggested keyword for CREATE TABLE for a few query
patterns, including the case where a list of columns is given in
parenthesis.
More queries can be now completed with the keywords supported for
queries in a CTAS, after:
CREATE TABLE [TEMP|TEMPORARY|UNLOGGED] <name> [ (...) ] AS
Author: Gilles Darold
Reviewed-by: Jim Jones
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e462b251-99a7-4abc-aedc-214688742c80@darold.net
The fallback implementation of pg_atomic_test_set_flag() that uses
atomic-exchange gives pg_atomic_exchange_u32_impl() an extra
argument. This issue has been present since the introduction of
the atomics API in commit b64d92f1a5.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231114035439.GA1809032%40nathanxps13
Backpatch-through: 12
As of commit eaa5808e8e, MemoryContextResetAndDeleteChildren() is
just a backwards compatibility macro for MemoryContextReset(). Now
that some time has passed, this macro seems more likely to create
confusion.
This commit removes the macro and replaces all remaining uses with
calls to MemoryContextReset(). Any third-party code that use this
macro will need to be adjusted to call MemoryContextReset()
instead. Since the two have behaved the same way since v9.5, such
adjustments won't produce any behavior changes for all
currently-supported versions of PostgreSQL.
Reviewed-by: Amul Sul, Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera, Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231113185950.GA1668018%40nathanxps13
Alexander reported a crash with repeated create + drop database, after
the ResourceOwner rewrite (commit b8bff07daa). That was fixed by the
previous commit, but it nevertheless seems like a good idea clear
CurrentResourceOwner earlier, because you're not supposed to use it
for anything after we start releasing it.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/11b70743-c5f3-3910-8e5b-dd6c115ff829%40gmail.com
The comments in dsa.c suggested that areas were owned by resource
owners, but it was not in fact tracked explicitly. The DSM attachments
held by the dsa were owned by resource owners, but not the area
itself. That led to confusion if you used one resource owner to
attach or create the area, but then switched to a different resource
owner before allocating or even just accessing the allocations in the
area with dsa_get_address(). The additional DSM segments associated
with the area would get owned by a different resource owner than the
initial segment. To fix, add an explicit 'resowner' field to
dsa_area. It replaces the 'mapping_pinned' flag; resowner == NULL now
indicates that the mapping is pinned.
This is arguably a bug fix, but I'm not backpatching because it
doesn't seem to be a live bug in the back branches. In 'master', it is
a bug because commit b8bff07daa made ResourceOwners more strict so
that you are no longer allowed to remember new resources in a
ResourceOwner after you have started to release it. Merely accessing a
dsa pointer might need to attach a new DSM segment, and before this
commit it was temporarily remembered in the current owner for a very
brief period even if the DSA was pinned. And that could happen in
AtEOXact_PgStat(), which is called after the owner is already released.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin, Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/11b70743-c5f3-3910-8e5b-dd6c115ff829%40gmail.com
When search_path is changed to something that was previously set, and
no invalidation happened in between, use the cached list of namespace
OIDs rather than recomputing them. This avoids syscache lookups and
ACL checks.
Important when the search_path changes frequently, such as when set in
proconfig.
An earlier version of this patch was reviewd by Nathan Bossart. This
version simplifies a few things and is safer in case of OOM.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/abf4ce8804e0e05dff8c1725ae6a8ed28b7d66e0.camel%40j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Previously, it thought that any plain file located under global, base,
or a tablespace directory had checksums unless it was in a short list
of excluded files. Now, it thinks that files in those directories have
checksums if parse_filename_for_nontemp_relation says that they are
relation files. (Temporary relation files don't matter because they're
excluded from the backup anyway.)
This changes the behavior if you have stray files not managed by
PostgreSQL in the relevant directories. Previously, you'd get some
kind of checksum-related complaint if such files existed, assuming
that the cluster had checksums enabled and that the base backup
wasn't run with NOVERIFY_CHECKSUMS. Now, you won't get those
complaints any more. That seems like an improvement to me, because
those files were presumably not created by PostgreSQL and so there
is no reason to think that they would be checksummed like a
PostgreSQL relation file. (If we want to complain about such files,
we should complain about them existing at all, not just about their
checksums.)
The point of this change is to make the code more consistent.
sendDir() was already calling parse_filename_for_nontemp_relation()
as part of an effort to determine which files to include in the
backup. So, it already had the information about whether a certain
file was a relation file. sendFile() then used a separate method,
embodied in is_checksummed_file(), to make what is essentially
the same determination. It's better not to make the same decision
using two different methods, especially in closely-related code.
Patch by me. Reviewed by Dilip Kumar and Álvaro Herrera. Thanks
also to Jakub Wartak and Peter Eisentraut for comments, suggestions,
and testing on the larger patch set of which this is a part.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-snhaKkWhi2Gz5i3cZeKefun6sYL==wBoqqnTXxX4_mFA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/202311141312.u4qx5gtpvfq3@alvherre.pgsql
This adds support for infinity to the interval data type, using the
same input/output representation as the other date/time data types
that support infinity. This allows various arithmetic operations on
infinite dates, timestamps and intervals.
The new values are represented by setting all fields of the interval
to INT32/64_MIN for -infinity, and INT32/64_MAX for +infinity. This
ensures that they compare as less/greater than all other interval
values, without the need for any special-case comparison code.
Note that, since those 2 values were formerly accepted as legal finite
intervals, pg_upgrade and dump/restore from an old database will turn
them from finite to infinite intervals. That seems OK, since those
exact values should be extremely rare in practice, and they are
outside the documented range supported by the interval type, which
gives us a certain amount of leeway.
Bump catalog version.
Joseph Koshakow, Jian He, and Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHea4%2BsPybKK7agDYOMo9N-Z3J6ZXf3BOM79pFsFNcRjwA%40mail.gmail.com
To generate a dummy probes.h file when dtrace is not available, we had
two different scripts: A sed version, which is the original version,
and a Perl version, which was generated by s2p. This split was
necessary because Perl was not a mandatory build dependency on Unix,
but sed was not guaranteed to be available on Windows.
(The Meson build system used the sed version even on Windows, which
was probably incorrect and probably would have had to be fixed before
elevating that build system from experimental status.)
As of 721856ff24, Perl is a required build dependency, so this split
is no longer necessary. We can just use the Perl script in all build
environments and remove a whole bunch of infrastructure to keep the
two variants in sync.
The new Gen_dummy_probes.pl is not the version generated by s2p but a
new implementation written by hand by adapting the sed version to Perl
syntax.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/3fd0f1bc-4483-4ba9-8aa0-64765b052039@eisentraut.org
pg_stat_reset_slru currently requires an input argument, either:
- NULL to reset the SLRU counters of everything.
- A specific value to reset a single SLRU cache.
This commit adds support for a new pattern: pg_stat_reset_slru without
any argument works the same way as pg_stat_reset_slru(NULL), relying on
a DEFAULT in the function definition to handle this case. This makes
the function more consistent with 23c8c0c8f4.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACW1VizYg01EeH_cA-7qA+4NzWVAoZ5Lw9_XYO1RRHAZbA@mail.gmail.com
checkExtensionMembership() set the DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL and
DUMP_COMPONENT_POLICY flags for extension member objects, even though
we lack any infrastructure for tracking extensions' initial settings
of these properties. This is not OK. The result was that a dump
would always include commands to set these properties for extension
objects that have them, with at least three negative consequences:
1. The restoring user might not have privilege to set these properties
on these objects.
2. The properties might be incorrect/irrelevant for the version of the
extension that's installed in the destination database.
3. The dump itself might fail, in the case of RLS properties attached
to extension tables that the dumping user lacks privilege to LOCK.
(That's because we must get at least AccessShareLock to ensure that
we don't fail while trying to decompile the RLS expressions.)
When and if somebody cares to invent initial-state infrastructure for
extensions' RLS policies and security labels, we could think about
finding another way around problem #3. But in the absence of such
infrastructure, this whole thing is just wrong and we shouldn't do it.
(Note: this applies only to ordinary dumps; binary-upgrade dumps
still dump and restore extension member objects separately, with
all properties.)
Tom Lane and Jacob Champion. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/00d46a48-3324-d9a0-49bf-e7f0f11d1038@timescale.com
This was done particularly for geometric data types.
Reported-by: Christoph Berg
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YGI8Leuk0WvmNWLr@msg.df7cb.de
Co-authored-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Backpatch-through: master
Default privileges are represented as NULL::aclitem[] in catalog ACL
columns, while revoking all privileges leaves an empty aclitem[].
These two cases used to produce identical output in psql meta-commands
like \dp. Using something like "\pset null '(default)'" as a
workaround for spotting the difference did not work, because null
values were always displayed as empty strings by describe.c's
meta-commands.
This patch improves that with two changes:
1. Print "(none)" for empty privileges so that the user is able to
distinguish them from default privileges, even without special
workarounds.
2. Remove the special handling of null values in describe.c,
so that "\pset null" is honored like everywhere else.
(This affects all output from these commands, not only ACLs.)
The privileges shown by \dconfig+ and \ddp as well as the column
privileges shown by \dp are not affected by change #1, because the
respective aclitem[] is reset to NULL or deleted from the catalog
instead of leaving an empty array.
Erik Wienhold and Laurenz Albe
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1966228777.127452.1694979110595@office.mailbox.org
Rewrite array_in() and its subroutines so that we make only one
pass over the input text, rather than two. This requires
potentially re-pallocing the working arrays values[] and nulls[]
larger than our initial guess, but that cost will hopefully be made
up by avoiding duplicate parsing. In any case this coding seems
much clearer and more straightforward than what we had before.
This also fixes array_in() to reject non-rectangular input (that is,
different brace depths in different parts of the input) more reliably
than before, and to give a better error message when it does so.
This is analogous to the plpython and plperl fixes in 0553528e7 and
f47004add. Like those PLs, we now accept input such as '{{},{}}'
as a valid representation of an empty array, which we did not before.
Additionally, reject explicit array subscripts that are outside the
integer range (previously you just got whatever atoi() converted
them to), and make some other minor improvements in error reporting.
Although this is arguably a bug fix, it's also a behavioral change
that might trip somebody up, so no back-patch.
Tom Lane, Heikki Linnakangas, and Jian He. Thanks to Alexander Lakhin
for the initial report and for review/testing.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2794005.1683042087@sss.pgh.pa.us
It's clearly stated in the comments that ginFindParents() must keep
the pin on the index's root page that's associated with the topmost
GinBtreeStack item. However, the code path for the case that the
desired downlink has been pushed down to the next index level
ignored this proviso, and would release the pin anyway if we were
still examining the root level. That led to an assertion failure
or "buffer NNNN is not owned by resource owner" error later, when
we try to release the pin again at the end of the insertion.
This is quite hard to reproduce, since it can only happen if an
index root page split occurs concurrently with our own insertion.
Thanks to Jeff Janes for finding a test case that triggers it
often enough to allow investigation.
This has been there since the beginning of GIN, so back-patch
to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1yCAKtv86dMrD__Ja-7KzjE=uMeKX8y__cx5W-OEWy2ow@mail.gmail.com
Commit b7eda3e0e moved XidInMVCCSnapshot() from tqual.c into snapmgr.c,
but follow-up commit c91560def incorrectly updated this reference. We
could fix it, but as pointed out by Daniel Gustafsson, 1) the reader can
easily find the file that contains the definition of that function, e.g.
by grepping, and 2) this kind of reference is prone to going stale; so
let's just remove it.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPmGK145VdKkPBLWS2urwhgsfidbSexwY-9zCL6xSUJH%2BBTUUg%40mail.gmail.com
Commit 00d7fb5e2e started to use REGBUF_NO_CHANGE at a few places in the
code where we register the buffer before marking it dirty but missed
updating one of the code flows in the hash index where we free the overflow
page without any live tuples on it.
Author: Amit Kapila and Hayato Kuroda
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/f045c8f7-ee24-ead6-3679-c04a43d21351@gmail.com
sendFileWithContent() previously got the content length by using
strlen(), assuming that the content given is always a string. Some
patches are under discussion to pass binary contents to a base backup
stream, where an arbitrary length needs to be given by the caller
instead.
The patch extends sendFileWithContent() to be able to handle this case,
where len < 0 can be used to indicate an arbitrary length rather than
rely on strlen() for the content length.
A comment in sendFileWithContent() mentioned the backup_label file.
However, this routine is used by more file types, like the tablespace
map, so adjust it in passing.
Author: David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2daf8adc-8db7-4204-a7f2-a7e94e2bfa4b@pgmasters.net
Currently, pg_stat_reset_shared() can use an argument to specify the
target of statistics to reset, doing nothing for NULL as it is strict.
This patch adds to pg_stat_reset_shared() the possibility to reset all
the stats types already handled in this function rather than do nothing
if the argument value given is NULL or if nothing is specified
(proisstrict is switched to false). Like previously, SLRUs are not
included in what gets reset.
The idea to use NULL or no argument to control if all the shared stats
already covered by this function should be reset has been proposed by
Andres Freund.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier, Bharath Rupireddy,
Matthias van de Meent
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4291a55137ddda77cf7cc5f46e846daf@oss.nttdata.com
Three queries did not consider partitioned indexes and tables, and
surrounding comments have not been updated in a while.
Like 4b9fbd6be4, this is only cosmetic currently as no such relkinds
exist at this stage of the regression tests, but running these queries
on existing clusters could lead to incorrect results.
Author: Jian He, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxGsB1ciahkNDccyxhw-Pfp_-_y+Wx+1BOdRyVVxKojAbg@mail.gmail.com
It seems that a PHV evaluated/needed at or below the self join should not have
a problem if we remove the self join. But this requires further investigation.
For now, we just do not remove self joins if the rel to be removed is laterally
referenced by PHVs.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-ns73VF9gi37q61G3dS6Xuos+HtryMaBh37WQn=BsaJw@mail.gmail.com
Author: Richard Guo
We don't want existing slots in the old cluster to get invalidated during
the upgrade. During an upgrade, we set this variable to -1 via the command
line in an attempt to prevent such invalidations, but users have ways to
override it. This patch ensures the value is not overridden by the user.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20231027.115759.2206827438943188717.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
We can simplify FieldSelect on a whole-row Var into a plain Var
for the selected field. However, we should copy the whole-row Var's
varnullingrels when we do so, because the new Var is clearly nullable
by exactly the same rels as the original. Failure to do this led to
errors like "wrong varnullingrels (b) (expected (b 3)) for Var 2/2".
Richard Guo, per bug #18184 from Marian Krucina. Back-patch to
v16 where varnullingrels was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18184-5868dd258782058e@postgresql.org
When casting an interval to a time, the original code suffered from
64-bit integer overflow for inputs with a sufficiently large negative
"time" field, leading to bogus results.
Fix by rewriting the algorithm in a simpler form, that more obviously
cannot overflow. While at it, improve the test coverage to include
negative interval inputs.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCXoUKHkcuq4q63hkiPsKZJd0kZWzgKtU%2BNT0aU4wbf_Pw%40mail.gmail.com
When executing a MERGE UPDATE action, if the UPDATE is turned into a
cross-partition DELETE then INSERT, do not attempt to invoke AFTER
UPDATE ROW triggers, or any of the other post-update actions in
ExecUpdateEpilogue().
For consistency with a plain UPDATE command, such triggers should not
be fired (and typically fail anyway), and similarly, other post-update
actions, such as WCO/RLS checks should not be executed, and might also
lead to unexpected failures.
Therefore, as with ExecUpdate(), make ExecMergeMatched() return
immediately if ExecUpdateAct() reports that a cross-partition update
was done, to be sure that no further processing is done for that
tuple.
Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWjBgagyNZs02vgDF0DvASYj-iHTFtXG2-nP3orZhmtcw%40mail.gmail.com
When computing "0 - INT64_MIN", most platforms would report an
overflow error, which is correct. However, platforms without integer
overflow builtins or 128-bit integers would fail to spot the overflow,
and incorrectly return INT64_MIN.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Patch be me. Thanks to Jian He for initial investigation, and Laurenz
Albe and Tom Lane for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCUNK-AZSD0jVdgkk0N%3DNcAXBWeAEX-QU9AnJPensikmdQ%40mail.gmail.com
When the hash table is in use, ResoureOwnerSort() moves any elements
from the small fixed-size array to the hash table, and sorts it. When
the hash table is not in use, it sorts the elements in the small
fixed-size array directly. However, ResourceOwnerSort() and
ResourceOwnerReleaseAll() had different idea on when the hash table is
in use: ResourceOwnerSort() checked owner->nhash != 0, and
ResourceOwnerReleaseAll() checked owner->hash != NULL. If the hash
table was allocated but was currently empty, you hit an assertion
failure.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/be58d565-9e95-d417-4e47-f6bd408dea4b@gmail.com
Commit b0e96f3119 introduced a bunch of recursive functions, but
failed to make them check for stack depth. This can cause the backend
to crash when operating on inheritance hierarchies several thousands
deep. Protect the code by adding the missing stack depth checks.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b2ac2392-9727-5f76-e890-721ac80c1615@gmail.com
When PQsendFlushRequest() was added by commit 69cf1d5429, we argued
against adding a PQflush() call in it[1]. This is still the right
decision: if the user wants a flush to occur, they can just call that.
However, we failed to realize that the message bytes could still be
given to the kernel for transmitting when this can be made without
blocking. That's what pqPipelineFlush() does, and it is done for every
single other message type sent by libpq, so do that.
(When the socket is in blocking mode this may indeed block, but that's
what all the other libpq message-sending routines do, too.)
[1] https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/202106252352.5ca4byasfun5%40alvherre.pgsql
Author: Jelte Fennema-Nio <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQTxZRevRWkKodE-SnJk1Yfm4eKT+8E4Cyq3MJ9YKTnNew@mail.gmail.com
This buys back some of the performance loss that we otherwise saw from the
previous commit.
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Michael Paquier, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Hayato Kuroda, Álvaro Herrera, Zhihong Yu
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/d746cead-a1ef-7efe-fb47-933311e876a3%40iki.fi
Instead of having a separate array/hash for each resource kind, use a
single array and hash to hold all kinds of resources. This makes it
possible to introduce new resource "kinds" without having to modify
the ResourceOwnerData struct. In particular, this makes it possible
for extensions to register custom resource kinds.
The old approach was to have a small array of resources of each kind,
and if it fills up, switch to a hash table. The new approach also uses
an array and a hash, but now the array and the hash are used at the
same time. The array is used to hold the recently added resources, and
when it fills up, they are moved to the hash. This keeps the access to
recent entries fast, even when there are a lot of long-held resources.
All the resource-specific ResourceOwnerEnlarge*(),
ResourceOwnerRemember*(), and ResourceOwnerForget*() functions have
been replaced with three generic functions that take resource kind as
argument. For convenience, we still define resource-specific wrapper
macros around the generic functions with the old names, but they are
now defined in the source files that use those resource kinds.
The release callback no longer needs to call ResourceOwnerForget on
the resource being released. ResourceOwnerRelease unregisters the
resource from the owner before calling the callback. That needed some
changes in bufmgr.c and some other files, where releasing the
resources previously always called ResourceOwnerForget.
Each resource kind specifies a release priority, and
ResourceOwnerReleaseAll releases the resources in priority order. To
make that possible, we have to restrict what you can do between
phases. After calling ResourceOwnerRelease(), you are no longer
allowed to remember any more resources in it or to forget any
previously remembered resources by calling ResourceOwnerForget. There
was one case where that was done previously. At subtransaction commit,
AtEOSubXact_Inval() would handle the invalidation messages and call
RelationFlushRelation(), which temporarily increased the reference
count on the relation being flushed. We now switch to the parent
subtransaction's resource owner before calling AtEOSubXact_Inval(), so
that there is a valid ResourceOwner to temporarily hold that relcache
reference.
Other end-of-xact routines make similar calls to AtEOXact_Inval()
between release phases, but I didn't see any regression test failures
from those, so I'm not sure if they could reach a codepath that needs
remembering extra resources.
There were two exceptions to how the resource leak WARNINGs on commit
were printed previously: llvmjit silently released the context without
printing the warning, and a leaked buffer io triggered a PANIC. Now
everything prints a WARNING, including those cases.
Add tests in src/test/modules/test_resowner.
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Michael Paquier, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Hayato Kuroda, Álvaro Herrera, Zhihong Yu
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/cbfabeb0-cd3c-e951-a572-19b365ed314d%40iki.fi
These are functions where a lot of things happen between the
ResourceOwnerEnlarge and ResourceOwnerRemember calls. It's important
that there are no unrelated ResourceOwnerRemember calls in the code in
between, otherwise the reserved entry might be used up by the
intervening ResourceOwnerRemember and not be available at the intended
ResourceOwnerRemember call anymore. I don't see any bugs here, but the
longer the code path between the calls is, the harder it is to verify.
In bufmgr.c, there is a function similar to ResourceOwnerEnlarge,
ReservePrivateRefCountEntry(), to ensure that the private refcount
array has enough space. The ReservePrivateRefCountEntry() calls were
made at different places than the ResourceOwnerEnlargeBuffers()
calls. Move the ResourceOwnerEnlargeBuffers() and
ReservePrivateRefCountEntry() calls together for consistency.
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Michael Paquier, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Hayato Kuroda, Álvaro Herrera, Zhihong Yu
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/cbfabeb0-cd3c-e951-a572-19b365ed314d%40iki.fi
`openssl` is an optional dependency in the meson build as it may not be
installed in an environment even if SSL libraries are around. The meson
scripts assume that, but the SSL tests thought that it was a hard
dependency, causing a meson installation to fail if `openssl` could not
be found. Like similar tests that depend on external commands, and to
be consistent with ./configure for the SSL tests, this commit makes the
command existence optional in the tests.
Author: Tristan Partin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CWSX6P5OUUM5.N7B74KQ06ZP6@neon.tech
Backpatch-through: 16
false_positive_rate is a parameter that can be set with the bloom
opclass in BRIN, and setting it to a value of exactly 0.25 would trigger
an assertion in the first INSERT done on the index with value set.
The assertion changed here relied on BLOOM_{MIN|MAX}_FALSE_POSITIVE_RATE
that are somewhat arbitrary values, and specifying an out-of-range value
would also trigger a failure when defining such an index. So, as-is,
the assertion was just doubling on the min-max check of the reloption.
This is now enlarged to check that it is a correct percentage value,
instead, based on a suggestion by Tom Lane.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Shihao Zhong
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17969-a6c54de48026d694@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 14
I added it by mistake in commit 7103ebb7aa. To clean up, struct
MergeAction needs to be moved to primnodes.h from parsenodes.h. (This
forces us to also move OverridingKind to primnodes.h).
Having to add parsenodes.h to bootstrap.h as fallout is a bit
surprising, since nothing nominally needs it there. However, per
comments in bootscanner.l, it is needed so that YYSTYPE can be declared.
I think this only started with commit dac048f71e, but I didn't
actually verify that.
In passing, stop including parsenodes.h in tcopprot.h. Nothing needs it
there.
Per discussion on a patch by Ashutosh Bapat.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202311071106.6y7b2ascqjlz@alvherre.pgsql
f0efa5aec introduced the concept of "read-only" StringInfos which makes
use of an existing, possibly not NUL terminated, buffer.
Here we adjust two places that make use of StringInfos to receive data
to avoid using appendBinaryStringInfo() in cases where a NUL termination
character is not required. This saves a possible palloc() and saves
having to needlessly memcpy() from one buffer to another.
Here we adjust two places which were using appendBinaryStringInfo().
Neither of these cases seem particularly performance-critical. In the
case of XLogWalRcvProcessMsg(), the appendBinaryStringInfo() was only
appending 24 bytes. The change made here does mean that we can get rid
of the incoming_message global variable and make that local instead.
The apply_spooled_messages() case applies in logical decoding when
applying (possibly large) changes which have been serialized to a file.
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvoxYUDHwqPf-ShvchsERf1RzmkGoLwg63JNvHCkDCuyKQ@mail.gmail.com
array_set_element() and related functions allow an array to be
enlarged by assigning to subscripts outside the current array bounds.
While these places were careful to check that the new bounds are
allowable, they neglected to consider the risk of integer overflow
in computing the new bounds. In edge cases, we could compute new
bounds that are invalid but get past the subsequent checks,
allowing bad things to happen. Memory stomps that are potentially
exploitable for arbitrary code execution are possible, and so is
disclosure of server memory.
To fix, perform the hazardous computations using overflow-detecting
arithmetic routines, which fortunately exist in all still-supported
branches.
The test cases added for this generate (after patching) errors that
mention the value of MaxArraySize, which is platform-dependent.
Rather than introduce multiple expected-files, use psql's VERBOSITY
parameter to suppress the printing of the message text. v11 psql
lacks that parameter, so omit the tests in that branch.
Our thanks to Pedro Gallegos for reporting this problem.
Security: CVE-2023-5869
transformAggregateCall() captures the datatypes of the aggregate's
arguments immediately to construct the Aggref.aggargtypes list.
This seems reasonable because the arguments have already been
transformed --- but there is an edge case where they haven't been.
Specifically, if we have an unknown-type literal in an ANY argument
position, nothing will have been done with it earlier. But if we
also have DISTINCT, then addTargetToGroupList() converts the literal
to "text" type, resulting in the aggargtypes list not matching the
actual runtime type of the argument. The end result is that the
aggregate tries to interpret a "text" value as being of type
"unknown", that is a zero-terminated C string. If the text value
contains no zero bytes, this could result in disclosure of server
memory following the text literal value.
To fix, move the collection of the aggargtypes list to the end
of transformAggregateCall(), after DISTINCT has been handled.
This requires slightly more code, but not a great deal.
Our thanks to Jingzhou Fu for reporting this problem.
Security: CVE-2023-5868
A PostgreSQL release tarball contains a number of prebuilt files, in
particular files produced by bison, flex, perl, and well as html and
man documentation. We have done this consistent with established
practice at the time to not require these tools for building from a
tarball. Some of these tools were hard to get, or get the right
version of, from time to time, and shipping the prebuilt output was a
convenience to users.
Now this has at least two problems:
One, we have to make the build system(s) work in two modes: Building
from a git checkout and building from a tarball. This is pretty
complicated, but it works so far for autoconf/make. It does not
currently work for meson; you can currently only build with meson from
a git checkout. Making meson builds work from a tarball seems very
difficult or impossible. One particular problem is that since meson
requires a separate build directory, we cannot make the build update
files like gram.h in the source tree. So if you were to build from a
tarball and update gram.y, you will have a gram.h in the source tree
and one in the build tree, but the way things work is that the
compiler will always use the one in the source tree. So you cannot,
for example, make any gram.y changes when building from a tarball.
This seems impossible to fix in a non-horrible way.
Second, there is increased interest nowadays in precisely tracking the
origin of software. We can reasonably track contributions into the
git tree, and users can reasonably track the path from a tarball to
packages and downloads and installs. But what happens between the git
tree and the tarball is obscure and in some cases non-reproducible.
The solution for both of these issues is to get rid of the step that
adds prebuilt files to the tarball. The tarball now only contains
what is in the git tree (*). Getting the additional build
dependencies is no longer a problem nowadays, and the complications to
keep these dual build modes working are significant. And of course we
want to get the meson build system working universally.
This commit removes the make distprep target altogether. The make
dist target continues to do its job, it just doesn't call distprep
anymore.
(*) - The tarball also contains the INSTALL file that is built at make
dist time, but not by distprep. This is unchanged for now.
The make maintainer-clean target, whose job it is to remove the
prebuilt files in addition to what make distclean does, is now just an
alias to make distprep. (In practice, it is probably obsolete given
that git clean is available.)
The following programs are now hard build requirements in configure
(they were already required by meson.build):
- bison
- flex
- perl
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/e07408d9-e5f2-d9fd-5672-f53354e9305e@eisentraut.org
It was always false in single-user mode, in autovacuum workers, and in
background workers. This had no specifically-identified security
consequences, but non-core code or future work might make it
security-relevant. Back-patch to v11 (all supported versions).
Jelte Fennema-Nio. Reported by Jelte Fennema-Nio.
Documentation says it cannot signal "a backend owned by a superuser".
On the contrary, it could signal background workers, including the
logical replication launcher. It could signal autovacuum workers and
the autovacuum launcher. Block all that. Signaling autovacuum workers
and those two launchers doesn't stall progress beyond what one could
achieve other ways. If a cluster uses a non-core extension with a
background worker that does not auto-restart, this could create a denial
of service with respect to that background worker. A background worker
with bugs in its code for responding to terminations or cancellations
could experience those bugs at a time the pg_signal_backend member
chooses. Back-patch to v11 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Jelte Fennema-Nio. Reported by Hemanth Sandrana and
Mahendrakar Srinivasarao.
Security: CVE-2023-5870
This function implements the standard XMLTest function, which
converts text into xml text nodes. It uses the libxml2 function
xmlEncodeSpecialChars to escape predefined entities (&"<>), so
that those do not cause any conflict when concatenating the text
node output with existing xml documents.
This also adds a note in features.sgml about not supporting
XML(SEQUENCE). The SQL specification defines a RETURNING clause
to a set of XML functions, where RETURNING CONTENT or RETURNING
SEQUENCE can be defined. Since PostgreSQL doesn't support
XML(SEQUENCE) all of these functions operate with an
implicit RETURNING CONTENT.
Author: Jim Jones <jim.jones@uni-muenster.de>
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/86617a66-ec95-581f-8d54-08059cca8885@uni-muenster.de
pg_resetwal had poor test coverage. There are some TAP tests, but
they all run with -n, so they don't actually test the full
functionality. (There is a non-dry-run call of pg_resetwal in the
recovery test suite, but that is incidental.)
This adds a bunch of more tests to test all the different options and
scenarios.
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/0f3ab4a1-ae80-56e8-3426-6b4a02507687@eisentraut.org
On Windows, GetDataDirectoryCreatePerm() just did nothing. The way
the code in some callers is structured, this is the first function
that tries to access the data directory. So it also ends up the place
that is responsible for reporting that a data directory does not exist
or similar. Therefore, on Windows, these scenarios end up on
potentially completely different code paths.
To unify this, to make testing more consistent across platforms, have
GetDataDirectoryCreatePerm() run the stat() call on Windows as well,
even though it won't do anything with the result. That way, file
system errors are reporting to callers in the same way as on
non-Windows.
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/15a59bca-0383-183c-9383-0446da9b87e1%40eisentraut.org
recurse_set_operations() uses the parse tree for the group number estimation,
because of the "varno 0" hack. At the same time 2489d76c49 made root->parse
and corresponding parent_root->simple_rte_array[]->subquery distinct copies
of the parse tree, while d3d55ce571 introduced self-join removal replacing
relid of removed relation only in one of the copies.
The present commit fixes this bug by making recurse_set_operations() call
estimate_num_groups() with the copy of the parse tree processed by self-join
removal.
In future, we may think about maintaining just one copy of the parse tree
and/or keeping removed relids as aliases.
Reported-by: Zuming Jiang
Bug: #18170
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/18170-f1d17bf9a0d58b24%40postgresql.org
Author: Richard Guo, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Andrei Lepikhov
As per the preceding commit, GUC APIs generally expose NULL-valued
string variables as empty strings. Extend that policy to
GetConfigOption() and GetConfigOptionResetString(), eliminating
a crash hazard for unwary callers, as well as a fundamental
ambiguity in GetConfigOption()'s API.
No back-patch, since this is an API change and conceivably somebody
somewhere is depending on this corner case.
Xing Guo, Aleksander Alekseev, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACpMh+AyDx5YUpPaAgzVwC1d8zfOL4JoD-uyFDnNSa1z0EsDQQ@mail.gmail.com
get_explain_guc_options() crashed if a string GUC marked GUC_EXPLAIN
has a NULL boot_val. Nosing around found a couple of other places
that seemed insufficiently cautious about NULL string values, although
those are likely unreachable in practice. Add some commentary
defining the expectations for NULL values of string variables,
in hopes of forestalling future additions of more such bugs.
Xing Guo, Aleksander Alekseev, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACpMh+AyDx5YUpPaAgzVwC1d8zfOL4JoD-uyFDnNSa1z0EsDQQ@mail.gmail.com
Introduce unicode_version(), icu_unicode_version(), and
unicode_assigned().
The latter requires introducing a new lookup table for the Unicode
General Category, which is generated along with the other Unicode
lookup tables.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYzYR-yhU6k1XFCADeyj=Oyz2PkVsa3iKv+keM8wp-F_A@mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
The logical replication launcher may start apply workers during an
upgrade. This could be the cause of corruptions on a new cluster if
these are able to apply changes before the physical files are copied
over to the new cluster.
The chance of being able to do so is small as pg_upgrade uses its own
port and unix domain directory (the latter is customizable with
--socketdir), but just preventing the launcher to start is safer at the
end, because we are then sure that no changes will be applied. Like
29d0a77fa6 for max_slot_wal_keep_size, this is only set when a cluster
uses v17 or newer.
Author: Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2g9ZKf=y8X6z6MsLCuh8WwU-=Q6pLj35NFi2M5BZNS_A@mail.gmail.com
The test missed that custom GUCs need to be ignored from the list of
parameters that can exist in postgresql.conf.sample. This caused the
test to fail on a server where such a module is loaded, when using
EXTRA_INSTALL and TEMP_CONFIG, for instance.
Author: Anton A. Melnikov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fc5509ce-5144-4dac-8d13-21793da44fc5@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 15
pgstatindex failed with ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED, of the "can't-happen"
class XX. The other functions succeeded on an empty index; they might
have malfunctioned if the failed index build left torn I/O or other
complex state. Report an ERROR in statistics functions pgstatindex,
pgstatginindex, pgstathashindex, and pgstattuple. Report DEBUG1 and
skip all index I/O in maintenance functions brin_desummarize_range,
brin_summarize_new_values, brin_summarize_range, and
gin_clean_pending_list. Back-patch to v11 (all supported versions).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231001195309.a3@google.com
When beginning recovery, a LOG is displayed by the startup process to
show which recovery mode will be used depending on the .signal file(s)
set in the data folder, like "standby mode", recovery up to a given
target type and value, or archive recovery.
A different patch is under discussion to simplify the startup code by
requiring the presence of recovery.signal and/or standby.signal when a
backup_label file is read. Delaying a bit this LOG ensures that the
correct recovery mode would be reported, and putting it at this position
does not make it lose its value.
While on it, this commit adds a few comments documenting a bit more the
initial recovery steps and their dependencies, and fixes an incorrect
comment format. This introduces no behavior changes.
Extracted from a larger patch by me.
Reviewed-by: David Steele, Bowen Shi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZArVOMifjzE7f8W7@paquier.xyz
When beginning recovery from a base backup by reading a backup_label
file, it may be possible that no checkpoint record is available
depending on the method used when the case backup was taken, which would
prevent recovery from beginning. In this case, the FATAL messages
issued, initially added by c900c15269, mentioned recovery.signal as
an option to do recovery but not standby.signal. Let's add it as an
available option, for clarity.
Per suggestion from Bowen Shi, extracted from a larger patch by me.
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAM_vCudkSjr7NsNKSdjwtfAm9dbzepY6beZ5DP177POKy8=2aw@mail.gmail.com
Historically, the statistics of the checkpointer have been always part
of pg_stat_bgwriter. This commit removes a few columns from
pg_stat_bgwriter, and introduces pg_stat_checkpointer with equivalent,
renamed columns (plus a new one for the reset timestamp):
- checkpoints_timed -> num_timed
- checkpoints_req -> num_requested
- checkpoint_write_time -> write_time
- checkpoint_sync_time -> sync_time
- buffers_checkpoint -> buffers_written
The fields of PgStat_CheckpointerStats and its SQL functions are renamed
to match with the new field names, for consistency. Note that
background writer and checkpointer have been split into two different
processes in commits 806a2aee37 and bf405ba8e4. The pgstat
structures were already split, making this change straight-forward.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Andres Freund, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVxX2ii=66RypXRweZe2EsBRiPMj0aHfRfHUeXJcC7kHg@mail.gmail.com
This commit refactors find_tabstat_entry() so as transaction counters
for inserted, updated and deleted tuples are included in the result
returned. If a shared entry is found for a relation, its result is now
a copy of the PgStat_TableStatus entry retrieved from shared memory.
This idea has been proposed by Andres Freund.
While on it, the following SQL functions, used in system views, are
refactored with macros, in the same spirit as 83a1a1b566, reducing the
amount of code:
- pg_stat_get_xact_tuples_deleted()
- pg_stat_get_xact_tuples_inserted()
- pg_stat_get_xact_tuples_updated()
There is now only one caller of find_tabstat_entry() in the tree.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b9e1f543-ee93-8168-d530-d961708ad9d3@gmail.com
Handling of login trigger FATAL error could cause a timing-dependant panic of
IPC::Run. This commit excludes checks which involves handling of such errors.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2268825.1698618066%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Among numerous other oversights, commit 482675987 neglected to fix
pg_dump to dump this new subscription option. Since the new default
is "false" while the previous behavior corresponds to "true", this
would cause legacy subscriptions to silently change behavior during
dump/reload or pg_upgrade. That seems like a bad idea. Even if it
was intended, failing to preserve the option once set in a new
installation is certainly not OK.
While here, reorder associated stanzas in pg_dump to match the
field order in pg_subscription, in hopes of reducing the impression
that all this code was written with the aid of a dartboard.
Back-patch to v16 where this new field was added.
Philip Warner (cosmetic tweaks by me)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231027042539.01A3A220F0A@thebes.rime.com.au
The original code did very little to guard against integer or floating
point overflow when computing the interval's fields. Detect any such
overflows and error out, rather than silently returning bogus results.
Joseph Koshakow, reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat and me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHcm1TPwH_zaGWuFoL8pZBestbRZTU6Z%3D-RvAdSXTPbKfg%40mail.gmail.com
When looping around after finding that the set-returning function
returned zero rows for the current input tuple, ExecProjectSet
neglected to reset either of the two memory contexts it's
responsible for cleaning out. Typically this wouldn't cause much
problem, because once the SRF does return at least one row, the
contexts would get reset on the next call. However, if the SRF
returns no rows for many input tuples in succession, quite a lot
of memory could be transiently consumed.
To fix, make sure we reset both contexts while looping around.
Per bug #18172 from Sergei Kornilov. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18172-9b8c5fc1d676ded3@postgresql.org
Debian recently decided to split out a bunch of "obsolete" timezone
names into a new tzdata-legacy package, which isn't installed by
default. One of these zone names is Pacific/Enderbury, and that
breaks our regression tests (on --with-system-tzdata builds)
because our default timezone abbreviations list defines PHOT as
Pacific/Enderbury.
Pacific/Enderbury got renamed to Pacific/Kanton in tzdata 2021b,
so that in distros that still have this entry it's just a symlink
to Pacific/Kanton anyway. So one answer would be to redefine PHOT
as Pacific/Kanton. However, then things would fail if the
installed tzdata predates 2021b, which is recent enough that that
seems like a real problem.
Instead, let's just remove PHOT from the default list. That seems
likely to affect nobody in the real world, because (a) it was an
abbreviation that the tzdb crew made up in the first place, with
no evidence of real-world usage, and (b) the total human population
of the Phoenix Islands is less than two dozen persons, per Wikipedia.
If anyone does use this zone abbreviation they can easily put it back
via a custom abbreviations file.
We'll keep PHOT in the Pacific.txt reference file, but change it
to Pacific/Kanton there, as that definition seems more likely to
be useful to future readers of that file.
Per report from Victor Wagner. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231027152049.4b5c8044@wagner.wagner.home
Add the 'checkunique' argument to bt_index_check() and bt_index_parent_check().
When the flag is specified the procedures will check the unique constraint
violation for unique indexes. Only one heap entry for all equal keys in
the index should be visible (including posting list entries). Report an error
otherwise.
pg_amcheck called with the --checkunique option will do the same check for all
the indexes it checks.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova <lubennikovaav@gmail.com>
Author: Pavel Borisov <pashkin.elfe@gmail.com>
Author: Maxim Orlov <orlovmg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <mark.dilger@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALT9ZEHRn5xAM5boga0qnrCmPV52bScEK2QnQ1HmUZDD301JEg%40mail.gmail.com
When calculating distance for interval values, the code mostly mimicked
interval_mi, i.e. it built a new interval value for the difference.
That however does not work for sufficiently distant interval values,
when the difference overflows the interval range.
Instead, we can calculate the distance directly, without constructing
the intermediate (and unnecessary) interval value.
Backpatch to 14, where minmax-multi indexes were introduced.
Reported-by: Dean Rasheed
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat, Dean Rasheed
Backpatch-through: 14
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/eef0ea8c-4aaa-8d0d-027f-58b1f35dd170@enterprisedb.com
Make sure that infinite values in date/timestamp columns are treated as
if in infinite distance. Infinite values should not be merged with other
values, leaving them as outliers. The code however returned distance 0
in this case, so that infinite values were merged first. While this does
not break the index (i.e. it still produces correct query results), it
may make it much less efficient.
We don't need explicit handling of infinite date/timestamp values when
calculating distances, because those values are represented as extreme
but regular values (e.g. INT64_MIN/MAX for the timestamp type).
We don't need an exact distance, just a value that is much larger than
distanced between regular values. With the added cast to double values,
we can simply subtract the values.
The regression test queries a value in the "gap" and checks the range
was properly eliminated by the BRIN index.
This only affects minmax-multi indexes on timestamp/date columns with
infinite values, which is not very common in practice. The affected
indexes may need to be rebuilt.
Backpatch to 14, where minmax-multi indexes were introduced.
Reported-by: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat, Dean Rasheed
Backpatch-through: 14
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/eef0ea8c-4aaa-8d0d-027f-58b1f35dd170@enterprisedb.com
When calculating the distance between date values, make sure to subtract
them in the right order, i.e. (larger - smaller).
The distance is used to determine which values to merge, and is expected
to be a positive value. The code unfortunately did the subtraction in
the opposite order, i.e. (smaller - larger), thus producing negative
values and merging values the most distant values first.
The resulting index is correct (i.e. produces correct results), but may
be significantly less efficient. This affects all minmax-multi indexes
on date columns.
Backpatch to 14, where minmax-multi indexes were introduced.
Reported-by: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat, Dean Rasheed
Backpatch-through: 14
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/eef0ea8c-4aaa-8d0d-027f-58b1f35dd170@enterprisedb.com
When calculating distances for timestamp values for BRIN minmax-multi
indexes, we need to be careful about overflows for extreme values. If
the value overflows into a negative value, the index may be inefficient.
The new regression test checks this for the timestamp type by adding a
table with enough values to force range compaction/merging. The values
are close to min/max, which means a risk of overflow.
Fixed by converting the int64 values to double first, before calculating
the distance. This prevents the overflow. We may lose some precision, of
course, but that's good enough. In the worst case we build a slightly
less efficient index, but for large distances this won't matter.
This only affects minmax-multi indexes on timestamp columns, with ranges
containing values sufficiently distant to cause an overflow. That seems
like a fairly rare case in practice.
Backpatch to 14, where minmax-multi indexes were introduced.
Reported-by: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat, Dean Rasheed
Backpatch-through: 14
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/eef0ea8c-4aaa-8d0d-027f-58b1f35dd170@enterprisedb.com
d3d55ce571 changed RelOptInfo.unique_for_rels from the list of Relid sets to
the list of UniqueRelInfo's. But it didn't make UniqueRelInfo a node.
This commit makes UniqueRelInfo a node. Also this commit revises some
comments related to RelOptInfo.unique_for_rels.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/1189851.1698340331%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Two attributes related to checkpointer statistics are removed in this
commit:
- buffers_backend, that counts the number of buffers written directly by
a backend.
- buffers_backend_fsync, that counts the number of times a backend had
to do fsync() by its own.
These are actually not checkpointer properties but backend properties.
Also, pg_stat_io provides a more accurate and equivalent report of these
numbers, by tracking all the I/O stats related to backends, including
writes and fsyncs, so storing them in pg_stat_checkpointer was
redundant.
Thanks also to Robert Haas and Amit Kapila for their input.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230210004604.mcszbscsqs3bc5nx@awork3.anarazel.de
f0efa5aec added initReadOnlyStringInfo to allow a StringInfo to be
initialized from an existing buffer and also relaxed the requirement
that a StringInfo's buffer must be NUL terminated at data[len]. Now
that we have that, there's no need for these aggregate deserial
functions to use appendBinaryStringInfo() as that rather wastefully
palloc'd a new buffer and memcpy'd in the bytea's buffer. Instead, we can
just use the bytea's buffer and point the StringInfo directly to that
using the new initializer function.
In Amdahl's law, this speeds up the serial portion of parallel
aggregates and makes sum(numeric), avg(numeric), var_pop(numeric),
var_samp(numeric), variance(numeric), stddev_pop(numeric),
stddev_samp(numeric), stddev(numeric), array_agg(anyarray),
string_agg(text) and string_agg(bytea) scale better in parallel queries.
Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvr%3De-YOigriSHHm324a40HPqcUhSp6pWWgjz5WwegR%3DcQ%40mail.gmail.com
Since C99, there can be a trailing comma after the last value in an
enum definition. A lot of new code has been introducing this style on
the fly. Some new patches are now taking an inconsistent approach to
this. Some add the last comma on the fly if they add a new last
value, some are trying to preserve the existing style in each place,
some are even dropping the last comma if there was one. We could
nudge this all in a consistent direction if we just add the trailing
commas everywhere once.
I omitted a few places where there was a fixed "last" value that will
always stay last. I also skipped the header files of libpq and ecpg,
in case people want to use those with older compilers. There were
also a small number of cases where the enum type wasn't used anywhere
(but the enum values were), which ended up confusing pgindent a bit,
so I left those alone.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/386f8c45-c8ac-4681-8add-e3b0852c1620%40eisentraut.org
There were various places in our codebase which conjured up a StringInfo
by manually assigning the StringInfo fields and setting the data field
to point to some existing buffer. There wasn't much consistency here as
to what fields like maxlen got set to and in one location we didn't
correctly ensure that the buffer was correctly NUL terminated at len
bytes, as per what was documented as required in stringinfo.h
Here we introduce 2 new functions to initialize StringInfos. One allows
callers to initialize a StringInfo passing along a buffer that is
already allocated by palloc. Here the StringInfo code uses this buffer
directly rather than doing any memcpying into a new allocation. Having
this as a function allows us to verify the buffer is correctly NUL
terminated. StringInfos initialized this way can be appended to and
reset just like any other normal StringInfo.
The other new initialization function also accepts an existing buffer,
but the given buffer does not need to be a pointer to a palloc'd chunk.
This buffer could be a pointer pointing partway into some palloc'd chunk
or may not even be palloc'd at all. StringInfos initialized this way
are deemed as "read-only". This means that it's not possible to
append to them or reset them.
For the latter of the two new initialization functions mentioned above,
we relax the requirement that the data buffer must be NUL terminated.
Relaxing this requirement is convenient in a few places as it can save
us from having to allocate an entire new buffer just to add the NUL
terminator or save us from having to temporarily add a NUL only to have to
put the original char back again later.
Incompatibility note:
Here we also forego adding the NUL in a few places where it does not
seem to be required. These locations are passing the given StringInfo
into a type's receive function. It does not seem like any of our
built-in receive functions require this, but perhaps there's some UDT
out there in the wild which does require this. It is likely worthy of
a mention in the release notes that a UDT's receive function mustn't rely
on the input StringInfo being NUL terminated.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvorfO3iBZ%3DxpiZvp3uHtJVLyFaPBSvcAhAq2HPLnaNSwQ%40mail.gmail.com
Currently, expand_single_inheritance_child() doesn't reset
perminfoindex in a plain-inheritance parent's child RTE, because
prior to 387f9ed0a0, the executor would use the first child RTE to
locate the parent's RTEPermissionInfo. That in turn causes
add_rte_to_flat_rtable() to create an extra RTEPermissionInfo
belonging to the parent's child RTE with the same content as the one
belonging to the parent's original ("root") RTE.
In 387f9ed0a0, we changed things so that the executor can now use the
parent's "root" RTE for locating its RTEPermissionInfo instead of the
child RTE, so the latter's perminfoindex need not be set anymore, so
make it so.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/839708.1698174464@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch-through: 16
While reading information from the old cluster, a list of logical
slots is fetched. At the later part of upgrading, pg_upgrade revisits the
list and restores slots by executing pg_create_logical_replication_slot()
on the new cluster. Migration of logical replication slots is only
supported when the old cluster is version 17.0 or later.
If the old node has invalid slots or slots with unconsumed WAL records,
the pg_upgrade fails. These checks are needed to prevent data loss.
The significant advantage of this commit is that it makes it easy to
continue logical replication even after upgrading the publisher node.
Previously, pg_upgrade allowed copying publications to a new node. With
this patch, adjusting the connection string to the new publisher will
cause the apply worker on the subscriber to connect to the new publisher
automatically. This enables seamless continuation of logical replication,
even after an upgrade.
Author: Hayato Kuroda, Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Bharath Rupireddy, Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Shlok Kyal
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB58664C81887B3AF2EB6B16E3F5939@TYAPR01MB5866.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+t7xYcfa0rEQw839=b2MzsfvYDPz3xbD+ZqOdP3zpKYg@mail.gmail.com
The Self Join Elimination (SJE) feature removes an inner join of a plain table
to itself in the query tree if is proved that the join can be replaced with
a scan without impacting the query result. Self join and inner relation are
replaced with the outer in query, equivalence classes, and planner info
structures. Also, inner restrictlist moves to the outer one with removing
duplicated clauses. Thus, this optimization reduces the length of the range
table list (this especially makes sense for partitioned relations), reduces
the number of restriction clauses === selectivity estimations, and potentially
can improve total planner prediction for the query.
The SJE proof is based on innerrel_is_unique machinery.
We can remove a self-join when for each outer row:
1. At most one inner row matches the join clause.
2. Each matched inner row must be (physically) the same row as the outer one.
In this patch we use the next approach to identify a self-join:
1. Collect all merge-joinable join quals which look like a.x = b.x
2. Add to the list above the baseretrictinfo of the inner table.
3. Check innerrel_is_unique() for the qual list. If it returns false, skip
this pair of joining tables.
4. Check uniqueness, proved by the baserestrictinfo clauses. To prove
the possibility of self-join elimination inner and outer clauses must have
an exact match.
The relation replacement procedure is not trivial and it is partly combined
with the one, used to remove useless left joins. Tests, covering this feature,
were added to join.sql. Some regression tests changed due to self-join removal
logic.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/64486b0b-0404-e39e-322d-0801154901f3%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Andrey Lepikhov, Alexander Kuzmenkov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Simon Riggs, Jonathan S. Katz
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Thomas Munro, Konstantin Knizhnik, Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-by: Hywel Carver, Laurenz Albe, Ronan Dunklau, vignesh C, Zhihong Yu
Reviewed-by: Greg Stark, Jaime Casanova, Michał Kłeczek, Alena Rybakina
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov
Instead of connecting to the server with psql to check if it is ready
for running tests, this changes pg_regress to use PQPing which avoids
performing system() calls which are expensive on some platforms, like
Windows. The frequency of tests is also increased in order to connect
to the server faster.
This patch is part of a larger effort to make testing consume fewer
resources in order to be able to fit more tests into the available
CI system constraints.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230823192239.jxew5s3sjru63lio@awork3.anarazel.de
When an UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE's target table is an old-style
inheritance tree, it's possible for the parent to get excluded
from the plan while some children are not. (I believe this is
only possible if we can prove that a CHECK ... NO INHERIT
constraint on the parent contradicts the query WHERE clause,
so it's a very unusual case.) In such a case, ExecInitModifyTable
mistakenly concluded that the first surviving child is the target
table, leading to at least two bugs:
1. The wrong table's statement-level triggers would get fired.
2. In v16 and up, it was possible to fail with "invalid perminfoindex
0 in RTE with relid nnnn" due to the child RTE not having permissions
data included in the query plan. This was hard to reproduce reliably
because it did not occur unless the update triggered some non-HOT
index updates.
In v14 and up, this is easy to fix by defining ModifyTable.rootRelation
to be the parent RTE in plain inheritance as well as partitioned cases.
While the wrong-triggers bug also appears in older branches, the
relevant code in both the planner and executor is quite a bit
different, so it would take a good deal of effort to develop and
test a suitable patch. Given the lack of field complaints about the
trigger issue, I'll desist for now. (Patching v11 for this seems
unwise anyway, given that it will have no more releases after next
month.)
Per bug #18147 from Hans Buschmann.
Amit Langote and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18147-6fc796538913ee88@postgresql.org
Enforce the rule from transam/README in XLogRegisterBuffer(), and
update callers to follow the rule.
Hash indexes sometimes register clean pages as a part of the locking
protocol, so provide a REGBUF_NO_CHANGE flag to support that use.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c84114f8-c7f1-5b57-f85a-3adc31e1a904@iki.fi
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
This shouldn't change behavior except in the unusual case where
there are file in the tablespace directory that have entirely
numeric names but are nevertheless not possible names for a
tablespace directory, either because their names have leading zeroes
that shouldn't be there, or the value is actually zero, or because
the value is too large to represent as an OID.
In those cases, the directory would previously have made it into
the list of tablespaceinfo objects and no longer will. Thus, base
backups will now ignore such directories, instead of treating them
as legitimate tablespace directories. Similarly, if entries for
such tablespaces occur in a tablespace_map file, they will now
be rejected as erroneous, instead of being honored.
This is infrastructure for future work that wants to be able to
know the tablespace of each relation that is part of a backup
*as an OID*. By strengthening the up-front validation, we don't
have to worry about weird cases later, and can more easily avoid
repeated string->integer conversions.
Patch by me, reviewed by David Steele.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZNVeBzoqDL8xvr-nkaepq815jtDR4nJzPew7=3iEuM1g@mail.gmail.com
Instead of returning the number of characters in the RelFileNumber,
return the RelFileNumber itself. Continue to return the fork number,
as before, and additionally return the segment number.
parse_filename_for_nontemp_relation now rejects a RelFileNumber or
segment number that begins with a leading zero. Before, we accepted
such cases as relation filenames, but if we continued to do so after
this change, the function might return the same values for two
different files (e.g. 1234.5 and 001234.5 or 1234.005) which could be
annoying for callers. Since we don't actually ever generate filenames
with leading zeroes in the names, any such files that we find must
have been created by something other than PostgreSQL, and it is
therefore reasonable to treat them as non-relation files.
Along the way, change unlogged_relation_entry to store a RelFileNumber
rather than an OID. This update should have been made in
851f4cc75c, but it was overlooked.
It's trivial to make the update as part of this commit, perhaps more
trivial than it would have been without it, so do that.
Patch by me, reviewed by David Steele.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZNVeBzoqDL8xvr-nkaepq815jtDR4nJzPew7=3iEuM1g@mail.gmail.com
pg_logical_replication_slot_advance() included a break condition to stop
when a targeted LSN is reached, when processing a series of WAL records
with XLogReadRecord(). Since 38a957316d, it matched with the check of
its main while loop. This condition saved from an extra CFI check,
actually pointless, so let's remove this condition and simplify the
code.
In passing, fix an incorrect comment.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Gurjeet Singh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWfGDLQ2cy7ZKwxnJqbDkO6Yvqqrqxne5ZN4HYm=PRTGg@mail.gmail.com
When min_dynamic_shared_memory is set above 0, we try to find space in a
pre-allocated region of the main shared memory area instead of calling
dsm_impl_XXX() routines to allocate more. The dsm_pin_segment() and
dsm_unpin_segment() routines had a bug: they called dsm_impl_XXX()
routines even for main region segments. Nobody noticed before now
because those routines do nothing on Unix, but on Windows they'd fail
while attempting to duplicate an invalid Windows HANDLE. Add the
missing gating.
Back-patch to 14, where commit 84b1c63a added this feature. Fixes
pgsql-bugs bug #18165.
Reported-by: Maxime Boyer <maxime.boyer@cra-arc.gc.ca>
Tested-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18165-bf4f525cea6e51de%40postgresql.org
Previously, ALTER SYSTEM failed if the target GUC wasn't present in
the session's GUC hashtable. That is a reasonable behavior for core
(single-part) GUC names, and for custom GUCs for which we have loaded
an extension that's reserved the prefix. But it's unnecessarily
restrictive otherwise, and it also causes inconsistent behavior:
you can "ALTER SYSTEM SET foo.bar" only if you did "SET foo.bar"
earlier in the session. That's fairly silly.
Hence, refactor things so that we can execute ALTER SYSTEM even
if the variable doesn't have a GUC hashtable entry, as long as the
name meets the custom-variable naming requirements and does not
have a reserved prefix. (It's safe to do this even if the
variable belongs to an extension we currently don't have loaded.
A bad value will at worst cause a WARNING when the extension
does get loaded.)
Also, adjust GRANT ON PARAMETER to have the same opinions about
whether to allow an unrecognized GUC name, and to throw the
same errors if not (it previously used a one-size-fits-all
message for several distinguishable conditions). By default,
only a superuser will be allowed to do ALTER SYSTEM SET on an
unrecognized name, but it's possible to GRANT the ability to
do it.
Patch by me, pursuant to a documentation complaint from
Gavin Panella. Arguably this is a bug fix, but given the
lack of other complaints I'll refrain from back-patching.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2617358.1697501956@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/169746329791.169914.16613647309012285391@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Allow the COMMUTATOR, NEGATOR, MERGES, and HASHES attributes to be set
by ALTER OPERATOR. However, we don't allow COMMUTATOR/NEGATOR to be
changed once set, nor allow the MERGES/HASHES flags to be unset once
set. Changes like that might invalidate plans already made, and
dealing with the consequences seems like more trouble than it's worth.
The main use-case we foresee for this is to allow addition of missed
properties in extension update scripts, such as extending an existing
operator to support hashing. So only transitions from not-set to set
states seem very useful.
This patch also causes us to reject some incorrect cases that formerly
resulted in inconsistent catalog state, such as trying to set the
commutator of an operator to be some other operator that already has a
(different) commutator.
While at it, move the InvokeObjectPostCreateHook call for CREATE
OPERATOR to not occur until after we've fixed up commutator or negator
links as needed. The previous ordering could only be justified by
thinking of the OperatorUpd call as a kind of ALTER OPERATOR step;
but we don't call InvokeObjectPostAlterHook therein. It seems better
to let the hook see the final state of the operator object.
In the documentation, move the discussion of how to establish
commutator pairs from xoper.sgml to the CREATE OPERATOR ref page.
Tommy Pavlicek, reviewed and editorialized a bit by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEhP-W-vGVzf4udhR5M8Bdv88UYnPrhoSkj3ieR3QNrsGQoqdg@mail.gmail.com
A couple of TAP tests make use of wal_level=logical for nodes that do
not need to do any kind of logical decoding operations, like
subscription nodes on which changes are only applied. This can be
confusing when reading these tests as setup examples, so let's remove
this configuration where not required (contrary to two-way logical
replication and similar more complex cases). This simplifies the tests
a bit, making them slightly cheaper with less WAL generated overall.
Author: Hayato Kuroda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB5866946BCEB747ABE513ACC6F5D5A@TYAPR01MB5866.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
This allows tools that read the WAL sequentially to identify (possible)
redo points when they're reached, rather than only being able to
detect them in retrospect when XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE is found, possibly
much later in the WAL stream. There are other possible applications as
well; see the discussion links below.
Any redo location that precedes the checkpoint location should now point
to an XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO record, so add a cross-check to verify this.
While adjusting the code in CreateCheckPoint() for this patch, I made it
call WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive a bit later than before, since there
appears to be no need for it to be held while checking whether the system
is idle, whether this is an end-of-recovery checkpoint, or what the current
timeline is.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC.
Patch by me, based in part on earlier work from Dilip Kumar. Review by
Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila, Andres Freund, and Michael Paquier.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYy-Vc6G9QKcAKNksCa29cv__czr+N9X_QCxEfQVpp_8w@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20230614194717.jyuw3okxup4cvtbt%40awork3.anarazel.de
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKG+b2ego8=YNW2Ohe9QmSiReh1-ogrv8V_WZpJTqP3O+2w@mail.gmail.com
There was no I/O timing statistics for counting read and write timings
on local blocks, contrary to the counterparts for temp and shared
blocks. This information is available when track_io_timing is enabled.
The output of EXPLAIN is updated to show this information. An update of
pg_stat_statements is planned next.
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAN55FZ19Ss279mZuqGbuUNxka0iPbLgYuOQXqAKewrjNrp27VA@mail.gmail.com
These two counters, defined in BufferUsage to track respectively the
time spent while reading and writing blocks have historically only
tracked data related to shared buffers, when track_io_timing is enabled.
An upcoming patch to add specific counters for local buffers will take
advantage of this rename as it has come up that no data is currently
tracked for local buffers, and tracking local and shared buffers using
the same fields would be inconsistent with the treatment done for temp
buffers. Renaming the existing fields clarifies what the block type of
each stats field is.
pg_stat_statement is updated to reflect the rename. No extension
version bump is required as 5a3423ad8e has done one, affecting v17~.
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAN55FZ19Ss279mZuqGbuUNxka0iPbLgYuOQXqAKewrjNrp27VA@mail.gmail.com
When processing a match tag, check to see if the claimed "off"
is more than the distance back to the output buffer start.
If it is, then the data is corrupt, and what's more we would
fetch from outside the buffer boundaries and potentially incur
a SIGSEGV. (Although the odds of that seem relatively low, given
that "off" can't be more than 4K.)
Back-patch to v13; before that, this function wasn't really
trying to protect against bad data.
Report and fix by Flavien Guedez.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/01fc0593-e31e-463d-902c-dd43174acee2@oopacity.net
An extra rule is needed in src/include/Makefile for VPATH builds to
install any generated server-side include files, and wait_event_types.h
was forgotten from the set.
Issue introduced by fa88928470.
Reported-by: Christoph Berg
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZTAA11u7CtX6NqlK@msg.df7cb.de
Remove use of LLVMGetElementType() and provide the type of all pointers
to LLVMBuildXXX() functions when emitting IR, as required by modern LLVM
versions[1].
* For LLVM <= 14, we'll still use the old LLVMBuildXXX() functions.
* For LLVM == 15, we'll continue to do the same, explicitly opting
out of opaque pointer mode.
* For LLVM >= 16, we'll use the new LLVMBuildXXX2() functions that take
the extra type argument.
The difference is hidden behind some new IR emitting wrapper functions
l_load(), l_gep(), l_call() etc. The change is mostly mechanical,
except that at each site the correct type had to be provided.
In some places we needed to do some extra work to get functions types,
including some new wrappers for C++ APIs that are not yet exposed by in
LLVM's C API, and some new "example" functions in llvmjit_types.c
because it's no longer possible to start from the function pointer type
and ask for the function type.
Back-patch to 12, because it's a little tricker in 11 and we agreed not
to put the latest LLVM support into the upcoming final release of 11.
[1] https://llvm.org/docs/OpaquePointers.html
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ronan Dunklau <ronan.dunklau@aiven.io>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKNX_%3Df%2B1C4r06WETKTq0G4Z_7q4L4Fxn5WWpMycDj9Fw%40mail.gmail.com
1) Remove useless entries from "unlike" lists. Runs that are not
listed in "like" don't need to be excluded in "unlike".
2) Ensure there is always a "like" list, even if it is empty. This
makes the test more self-documenting.
3) Use predefined lists such as %full_runs where appropriate, instead
of listing all runs separately.
Also add code that checks 1 and 2 automatically and dies with an error
for violations.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1f8cb371-e84e-434e-0367-6b716fb16fa1@eisentraut.org
Relation files extended by multiple blocks at a time have been counting
the number of blocks written, but forgot to increment the write time in
this case, as single-block write and relation extension are treated as
two different I/O operations in the shared stats: IOOP_EXTEND vs
IOOP_WRITE. In this case IOOP_EXTEND was forgotten for normal
(non-temporary) relations, still the number of blocks written was
incremented according to the relation extend done.
Write times are tracked when track_io_timing is enabled, which is not
the case by default.
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAN55FZ19Ss279mZuqGbuUNxka0iPbLgYuOQXqAKewrjNrp27VA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
Since its introduction, LogLogicalMessage() (via the SQL interface
pg_logical_emit_message()) has never included a call to XLogFlush(),
causing it to potentially lose messages on a crash when used in
non-transactional mode. This has come up to me as a problem while
playing with ideas to design a test suite for what has become
039_end_of_wal.pl introduced in bae868caf2 by Thomas Munro, because
there are no direct ways to force a WAL flush via SQL.
The default is false, to not flush messages and influence existing
use-cases where this function could be used. If set to true, the
message emitted is flushed before returning back to the caller, making
the message durable on crash. This new option has no effect when using
pg_logical_emit_message() in transactional mode, as the record's flush
is guaranteed by the WAL record generated by the transaction committed.
Two queries of test_decoding are tweaked to cover the new code path for
the flush.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Fujii Masao, Tung Nguyen, Tomas
Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZNsdThSe2qgsfs7R@paquier.xyz
Use a modulo operator instead of implementing the same behavior
with a loop. The loop solution is doubtless microscopically
faster for the typical case of only wrapping into the very next
day, but maybe not so much for large interval values. In any
case, timetz is such a backwater that it's doubtful anybody
would notice any performance change anyway.
This avoids a compiler bug occurring in AIX's xlc, even in pretty
late-model revisions.
We did not have test coverage for the case where the initial
result->time value is negative, so add that.
For the moment, install this only in HEAD. My plan is to
back-patch the test case, and then the code change assuming that
buildfarm testing proves the bug occurs in the back branches.
(That seems pretty likely, but let's find out for sure.)
Per buildfarm results from commits 97957fdba and 2f0472030.
Thanks to Michael Paquier for the idea to use a modulo operation
to replace the faulty loop.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGK=DOC+hE-62FKfZy=Ybt5uLkrg3zCZD-jFykM-iPn8yw@mail.gmail.com
The SIGTERM handler for the startup process immediately calls
proc_exit() for the duration of the restore_command, i.e., a call
to system(). This system() call forks a new process to execute the
shell command, and this child process inherits the parent's signal
handlers. If both the parent and child processes receive SIGTERM,
both will attempt to call proc_exit(). This can end badly. For
example, both processes will try to remove themselves from the
PGPROC shared array.
To fix this problem, this commit adds a check in
StartupProcShutdownHandler() to see whether MyProcPid == getpid().
If they match, this is the parent process, and we can proc_exit()
like before. If they do not match, this is a child process, and we
just emit a message to STDERR (in a signal safe manner) and
_exit(), thereby skipping any problematic exit callbacks.
This commit also adds checks in proc_exit(), ProcKill(), and
AuxiliaryProcKill() that verify they are not being called within
such child processes.
Suggested-by: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y9nGDSgIm83FHcad%40paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230223231503.GA743455%40nathanxps13
Backpatch-through: 11
First, we shouldn't recommend switching to single-user mode, because
that's terrible advice. Especially on newer versions where VACUUM
will enter emergency mode when nearing (M)XID exhaustion, it's
perfectly fine to just VACUUM in multi-user mode. Doing it that way
is less disruptive and avoids disabling the safeguards that prevent
actual wraparound, so recommend that instead.
Second, be more precise about what is going to happen (when we're
nearing the limits) or what is happening (when we actually hit them).
The database doesn't shut down, nor does it refuse all commands. It
refuses commands that assign whichever of XIDs and MXIDs are nearly
exhausted.
No back-patch. The existing hint that advises going to single-user
mode is sufficiently awful advice that removing it or changing it
might be justifiable even though we normally avoid changing
user-facing messages in back-branches, but I (rhaas) felt that it
was better to be more conservative and limit this fix to master
only. Aside from the usual risk of breaking translations, people
might be used to the existing message, or even have monitoring
scripts that look for it.
Alexander Alekseev, John Naylor, Robert Haas, reviewed at various
times by Peter Geoghegan, Hannu Krosing, and Andres Freund.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZBg95FiR9wVQPAXpGPRkacSt2okVge+PKPPFppN7sfnQ@mail.gmail.com
The word "assign" is used in various places internally to describe what
GetNewMultiXactId does, but the user-facing messages have previously
said "generate". For consistency, standardize on "assign," which seems
(at least to me) to be slightly clearer.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaoE1_i3=4-7GCTtKLVZVQ2Gh6qESW2VG1OprtycxOHMA@mail.gmail.com
It is possible that the tail XID of pg_serial/ gets ahead of its head
XID, which would cause the truncation of pg_serial/ done during
checkpoints to show up as a "wraparound" LOG in SimpleLruTruncate(),
which is confusing. This also wastes a bit of disk space until the head
page is reclaimed again.
CheckPointPredicate() is changed so as the cutoff page for the
truncation is switched to the head page if the tail XID has advanced
beyond the head XID, rather than the tail page. This prevents the
confusing LOG message about a wraparound while allowing some truncation
to be done to cut in disk space.
This could be considered as a bug fix, but the original behavior is
harmless as well, resulting only in disk space temporarily wasted, so
no backpatch is done.
Author: Sami Imseih
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/755E19CA-D02C-4A4C-80D3-74F775410C48@amazon.com
Restart the apply worker if the subscription owner's superuser privileges
have been revoked. This is required so that the subscription connection
string gets revalidated and use the password option to connect to the
publisher for non-superusers, if required.
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2Dxmhq08nr4P6G+24QvdBo_GAVyZ_Q1TcGYK+8NHs9xw@mail.gmail.com
Extend the test added by commit 97957fdba so that it also covers
timetz_izone(), that is the "AT TIME ZONE interval" case.
This is mostly to see if xlc's apparent bug occurs there too,
but more code coverage is always welcome.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2287835.1697464481@sss.pgh.pa.us
Dropping a temp table could entail TOAST table access to clean out
toasted catalog entries, such as large pg_constraint.conbin strings
for complex CHECK constraints. If we did that via ON COMMIT DROP,
we triggered the assertion in init_toast_snapshot(), because
there was no provision for setting up a snapshot for the drop
actions. Fix that.
(I assume here that the adjacent truncation actions for ON COMMIT
DELETE ROWS don't have a similar problem: it doesn't seem like
nontransactional truncations would need to touch any toasted fields.
If that proves wrong, we could refactor a bit to have the same
snapshot acquisition cover that too.)
The test case added here does not fail before v15, because that
assertion was added in 277692220 which was not back-patched.
However, the race condition the assertion warns of surely
exists further back, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Per report from Richard Guo.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-x26=_QxxgdJyNbiCDzvtr2WV5ZDso_v-CukKEe6cBZw@mail.gmail.com
If SIGTERM is received within this section, the startup process
will immediately proc_exit() in the signal handler, so it is
inadvisable to include any more code than is required there (as
such code is unlikely to be compatible with doing proc_exit() in a
signal handler). This commit moves the code recently added to this
section (see 1b06d7bac9 and 7fed801135) to outside of the section.
This ensures that the startup process only calls proc_exit() in its
SIGTERM handler for the duration of the system() call, which is how
this code worked from v8.4 to v14.
Reported-by: Michael Paquier, Thomas Munro
Analyzed-by: Andres Freund
Suggested-by: Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y9nGDSgIm83FHcad%40paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230223231503.GA743455%40nathanxps13
Backpatch-through: 15
This is a consequence of 4817da51f6 that has bumped up
max_worker_processes, where now the last worker started by the test
would be able to start by itself a parallel worker because there are
more slots available. This did not show up before as the number of
bgworkers reached exactly 8, as known as the previous limit, at the end
of the test.
Per report from buildfarm member crake, reproducible with
debug_parallel_query = regress in the same fashion as fd4d93d269.
Some of our src/bin tools read the control file without any kind of
interlocking against concurrent writes from the server. At least ext4
and ntfs can expose partially modified contents when you do that.
For now, we'll try to tolerate this by retrying up to 10 times if the
checksum doesn't match, until we get two reads in a row with the same
bad checksum. This is not guaranteed to reach the right conclusion, but
it seems very likely to. Thanks to Tom Lane for this suggestion.
Various ideas for interlocking or atomicity were considered too
complicated, unportable or expensive given the lack of field reports,
but remain open for future reconsideration.
Back-patch as far as 12. It doesn't seem like a good idea to put a
heuristic change for a very rare problem into the final release of 11.
Reviewed-by: Anton A. Melnikov <aamelnikov@inbox.ru>
Reviewed-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221123014224.xisi44byq3cf5psi%40awork3.anarazel.de
mamba has detected a failure in the last test that should start a
bgworker while bypassing the role login check. The buildfarm did not
provide any information about its failure in the logs, but I suspect
that this is caused by an exhaustion of the max_worker_processes slots
set at 8 by default.
In "normal" test runs, the number of bgworkers running at this stage of
the test is already 7, so, if one of them spawns for example a parallel
worker all the slots would be taken, preventing the last worker of the
test to start.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZSyebsiub88pyJJO@paquier.xyz
This commit introduces trigger on login event, allowing to fire some actions
right on the user connection. This can be useful for logging or connection
check purposes as well as for some personalization of environment. Usage
details are described in the documentation included, but shortly usage is
the same as for other triggers: create function returning event_trigger and
then create event trigger on login event.
In order to prevent the connection time overhead when there are no triggers
the commit introduces pg_database.dathasloginevt flag, which indicates database
has active login triggers. This flag is set by CREATE/ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
command, and unset at connection time when no active triggers found.
Author: Konstantin Knizhnik, Mikhail Gribkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0d46d29f-4558-3af9-9c85-7774e14a7709%40postgrespro.ru
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Greg Nancarrow, Ivan Panchenko
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Teodor Sigaev, Robert Haas, Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Andrey Sokolov, Zhihong Yu, Sergey Shinderuk
Reviewed-by: Gregory Stark, Nikita Malakhov, Ted Yu
Commit dc7d70ea added functions that read the control file, but didn't
acquire ControlFileLock. With unlucky timing, file systems that have
weak interlocking like ext4 and ntfs could expose partially overwritten
contents, and the checksum would fail.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
Reviewed-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Reviewed-by: Anton A. Melnikov <aamelnikov@inbox.ru>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221123014224.xisi44byq3cf5psi%40awork3.anarazel.de
Under interval_ops, some equal values are distinguishable. One such
pair is '24:00:00' and '1 day'. With that being so, btequalimage()
breaches the documented contract for the "equalimage" btree support
function. This can cause incorrect results from index-only scans.
Users should REINDEX any btree indexes having interval-type columns.
After updating, pg_amcheck will report an error for almost all such
indexes. This fix makes interval_ops simply omit the support function,
like numeric_ops does. Back-pack to v13, where btequalimage() first
appeared. In back branches, for the benefit of old catalog content,
btequalimage() code will return false for type "interval". Going
forward, back-branch initdb will include the catalog change.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231011013317.22.nmisch@google.com
Starting on 2023-08-03, this intermittently terminated a "pgbench -C"
test in CI. It could affect a high-client-count "pgbench" without "-C".
While parallel reindexdb and vacuumdb reach the same problematic check,
sufficient client count and/or connection turnover is less plausible for
them. Given the lack of examples from the buildfarm or from manual
builds, reproducing this must entail rare operating system
configurations. Also correct the associated error message, which was
wrong for non-Windows. Back-patch to v12, where the pgbench check first
appeared. While v11 vacuumdb has the problematic check, reaching it
with typical vacuumdb usage is implausible.
Reviewed by Thomas Munro.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKG+JwvTNdcyJTriy9BbtzF1veSRQ=9M_ZKFn9_LqE7Kp7Q@mail.gmail.com
For the same reasons given in commit 403ac226d, adjust these
functions to not assume that checking SearchSysCacheExists can
guarantee success of a later fetch.
This follows the same internal API choices made in the earlier commit:
add a function XXXExt(oid, is_missing) and use that to eliminate
the need for a separate existence check. The changes are very
straightforward, though tedious. For the moment I just made the new
functions static in namespace.c, but we could export them if a need
emerges.
Per bug #18014 from Alexander Lakhin. Given the lack of hard evidence
that there's a bug in non-debug builds, I'm content to fix this only
in HEAD.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18014-28c81cb79d44295d@postgresql.org
The versions of these functions that accept object OIDs are supposed
to return NULL, rather than failing, if the target object has been
dropped. This makes it safe(r) to use them in queries that scan
catalogs, since the functions will be applied to objects that are
visible in the query's snapshot but might now be gone according to
the catalog snapshot. In most cases we implemented this by doing
a SearchSysCacheExists test and assuming that if that succeeds, we
can safely invoke the appropriate aclchk.c function, which will
immediately re-fetch the same syscache entry. It was argued that
if the existence test succeeds then the followup fetch must succeed
as well, for lack of any intervening AcceptInvalidationMessages call.
Alexander Lakhin demonstrated that this is not so when
CATCACHE_FORCE_RELEASE is enabled: the syscache entry will be forcibly
dropped at the end of SearchSysCacheExists, and then it is possible
for the catalog snapshot to get advanced while re-fetching the entry.
Alexander's test case requires the operation to happen inside a
parallel worker, but that seems incidental to the fundamental problem.
What remains obscure is whether there is a way for this to happen in a
non-debug build. Nonetheless, CATCACHE_FORCE_RELEASE is a very useful
test methodology, so we'd better make the code safe for it.
After some discussion we concluded that the most future-proof fix
is to give up the assumption that checking SearchSysCacheExists can
guarantee success of a later fetch. At best that assumption leads
to fragile code --- for example, has_type_privilege appears broken
for array types even if you believe the assumption holds. And it's
not even particularly efficient.
There had already been some work towards extending the aclchk.c
APIs to include "is_missing" output flags, so this patch extends
that work to cover all the aclchk.c functions that are used by the
has_xxx_privilege() functions. (This allows getting rid of some
ad-hoc decisions about not throwing errors in certain places in
aclchk.c.)
In passing, this fixes the has_sequence_privilege() functions to
provide the same guarantees as their cousins: for some reason the
SearchSysCacheExists tests never got added to those.
There is more work to do to remove the unsafe coding pattern with
SearchSysCacheExists in other places, but this is a pretty
self-contained patch so I'll commit it separately.
Per bug #18014 from Alexander Lakhin. Given the lack of hard evidence
that there's a bug in non-debug builds, I'm content to fix this only
in HEAD. (Perhaps we should clean up the has_sequence_privilege()
oversight in the back branches, but in the absence of field complaints
I'm not too excited about that either.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18014-28c81cb79d44295d@postgresql.org
When COPYing into a partitioned table that does now permit the use of
table_multi_insert(), we could error out with
ERROR: could not read block NN in file "base/...": read only 0 of 8192 bytes
because BulkInsertState->next_free was not reset between partitions. This
problem occurred only when not able to use table_multi_insert(), as a
dedicated BulkInsertState for each partition is used in that case.
The bug was introduced in 00d1e02be2, but it was hard to hit at that point,
as commonly bulk relation extension is not used when not using
table_multi_insert(). It became more likely after 82a4edabd2, which expanded
the use of bulk extension.
To fix the bug, reset the bulk relation extension state in BulkInsertState in
ReleaseBulkInsertStatePin(). That was added (in b1ecb9b3fc) to tackle a very
similar issue. Obviously the name is not quite correct, but there might be
external callers, and bulk insert state needs to be reset in precisely in the
situations that ReleaseBulkInsertStatePin() already needed to be called.
Medium term the better fix likely is to disallow reusing BulkInsertState
across relations.
Add a test that, without the fix, reproduces #18130 in most
configurations. The test also catches the problem fixed in b1ecb9b3fc when
run with small shared_buffers.
Reported-by: Ivan Kolombet <enderstd@gmail.com>
Analyzed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Analyzed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Bug: #18130
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18130-7a86a7356a75209d%40postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/257696.1695670946%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 16-
* sync_method is renamed to wal_sync_method.
* sync_method_options[] is renamed to wal_sync_method_options[].
* assign_xlog_sync_method() is renamed to assign_wal_sync_method().
* The names of the available synchronization methods are now
prefixed with "WAL_SYNC_METHOD_" and have been moved into a
WalSyncMethod enum.
* PLATFORM_DEFAULT_SYNC_METHOD is renamed to
PLATFORM_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNC_METHOD, and DEFAULT_SYNC_METHOD is
renamed to DEFAULT_WAL_SYNC_METHOD.
These more descriptive names help distinguish the code for
wal_sync_method from the code for DataDirSyncMethod (e.g., the
recovery_init_sync_method configuration parameter and the
--sync-method option provided by several frontend utilities). This
change also prevents name collisions between the aforementioned
sets of code. Since this only improves the naming of internal
identifiers, there should be no behavior change.
Author: Maxim Orlov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACG%3DezbL1gwE7_K7sr9uqaCGkWhmvRTcTEnm3%2BX1xsRNwbXULQ%40mail.gmail.com
AT TIME ZONE is completed with a list of supported timezones, something
not needed by AT LOCAL.
Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker
Reviewed-by: Jim Jones
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87jzyzsvgv.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
When converting a timestamp to/from with/without time zone, the SQL
Standard specifies an AT LOCAL variant of AT TIME ZONE which uses the
session's time zone. This includes three system functions able to do
the work in the same way as the existing flavors for AT TIME ZONE,
except that these need to be marked as stable as they depend on the
session's TimeZone GUC.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Vik Fearing
Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe, Cary Huang, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8e25dec4-5667-c1a5-6581-167d710c2182@postgresfriends.org
When MyProc->delayChkptFlags is set to temporarily block phase
transitions in a concurrent checkpoint, the checkpointer enters a
sleep-poll loop to wait for the flag to be cleared. We should show that
as a wait event in the pg_stat_activity view.
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGL7Whi8iwKbzkbn_1fixH3Yy8aAPz7mfq6Hpj7FeJrKMg%40mail.gmail.com
An upcoming patch wants to introduce an additional special case in
this function. To keep that as cheap as possible, minimize the amount
of branching that we do based on whether this is an XLOG_SWITCH
record.
Additionally, and also in the interest of keeping the overhead of
special-case code paths as low as possible, apply likely() to the
non-XLOG_SWITCH case, since only a very tiny fraction of WAL records
will be XLOG_SWITCH records.
Patch by me, reviewed by Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila, Andres Freund,
and Michael Paquier.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYy-Vc6G9QKcAKNksCa29cv__czr+N9X_QCxEfQVpp_8w@mail.gmail.com
This could only affect HASH partitioned tables with at least 2 partition
key columns.
If partition pruning was delayed until execution and the query contained
an IS NULL qual on one of the partitioned keys, and some subsequent
partitioned key was being compared to a non-Const, then this could result
in a crash due to the incorrect keyno being used to calculate the
stateidx for the expression evaluation code.
Here we fix this by properly skipping partitioned keys which have a
nullkey set. Effectively, this must be the same as what's going on
inside perform_pruning_base_step().
Sergei Glukhov also provided a patch, but that's not what's being used
here.
Reported-by: Sergei Glukhov
Reviewed-by: tender wang, Sergei Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d05b26fa-af54-27e1-f693-6c31590802fa@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 11, where runtime partition pruning was added.
get_steps_using_prefix_recurse() incorrectly assumed that it could stop
recursive processing of the 'prefix' list when cur_keyno was one before
the step_lastkeyno. Since hash partition pruning can prune using IS
NULL quals, and these IS NULL quals are not present in the 'prefix'
list, then that logic could cause more levels of recursion than what is
needed and lead to there being no more items in the 'prefix' list to
process. This would manifest itself as a crash in some code that
expected the 'start' ListCell not to be NULL.
Here we adjust the logic so that instead of stopping recursion at 1 key
before the step_lastkeyno, we just look at the llast(prefix) item and
ensure we only recursively process up until just before whichever the last
key is. This effectively allows keys to be missing in the 'prefix' list.
This change does mean that step_lastkeyno is no longer needed, so we
remove that from the static functions. I also spent quite some time
reading this code and testing it to try to convince myself that there
are no other issues. That resulted in the irresistible temptation of
rewriting some comments, many of which were just not true or inconcise.
Reported-by: Sergei Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Sergei Glukhov, tender wang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2f09ce72-315e-2a33-589a-8519ada8df61@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 11, where partition pruning was introduced.
This adds a new option called BGWORKER_BYPASS_ROLELOGINCHECK to the
flags available to BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnection() and
BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnectionByOid().
This gives the possibility to bgworkers to bypass the role login check,
making possible the use of a role that has no login rights while not
being a superuser. PostgresInit() gains a new flag called
INIT_PG_OVERRIDE_ROLE_LOGIN, taking advantage of the refactoring done in
4800a5dfb4.
Regression tests are added to worker_spi to check the behavior of this
new option with bgworkers.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Michael Paquier, Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bcc36259-7850-4882-97ef-d6b905d2fc51@gmail.com
In commit 3fc6e2d7f, I (tgl) argued that we only need to check for
a constant-FALSE restriction clause when there's exactly one
restriction clause, on the grounds that const-folding would have
thrown away anything ANDed with a Const FALSE. That's true just after
const-folding has been applied, but subsequent processing such as
equivalence class expansion could result in cases where a Const FALSE
is ANDed with some other stuff. (Compare for instance joinrels.c's
restriction_is_constant_false.) Hence, tweak this logic to check all
the elements of the baserestrictinfo list, not just one; that's cheap
enough to not be worth worrying about.
There is one existing test case where this visibly improves the plan.
There would not be any savings in runtime, but the planner effort and
executor startup effort will be reduced, and anyway it's odd that
we can detect related cases but not this one.
Richard Guo (independently discovered by David Rowley)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_x3-CnVVrCboS1LkEhB5V+W7sLSCabsRiG+n7+5_kqbg@mail.gmail.com
The check is not about processing the startup packet, so the calling
function seems like a more natural place. I'm also working on a patch
that moves 'canAcceptConnections' out of the Port struct, and this
makes that refactoring more convenient.
Reviewed-by: Tristan Partin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/7a59b073-5b5b-151e-7ed3-8b01ff7ce9ef@iki.fi
InitPostgres() has been using a set of boolean arguments to control its
behavior, and a patch under discussion was aiming at expanding it with a
third one. In preparation for expanding this area, this commit switches
all the current boolean arguments of this routine to a single bits32
argument instead. Two values are currently supported for the flags:
- INIT_PG_LOAD_SESSION_LIBS to load [session|local]_preload_libraries at
startup.
- INIT_PG_OVERRIDE_ALLOW_CONNS to allow connection to a database even if
it has !datallowconn. This is used by bgworkers.
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZSTn66_BXRZCeaqS@paquier.xyz
Since we added the PlannerInfo.all_baserels set, it's not really
necessary to grovel over the rangetable to count baserels in the
current query. So let's drop has_multiple_baserels() in favor
of a bms_membership() test. This might be microscopically
faster, but the main point is to remove some unnecessary code.
Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_8RcSbbfs1ASZLrMuL0c0EQgXWcoLTQD8swBRY_pQQiA@mail.gmail.com
The present pg_resetwal code hardcodes the minimum value for -c as 2,
which is FrozenTransactionId, but it's not clear why that is allowed.
After some research, it was probably a mistake in the original patch.
Change it to FirstNormalTransactionId, which matches other xid-related
options in pg_resetwal.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d09f0e91-8757-642b-1a92-da9a52f5589a%40eisentraut.org
While working on a8a968a82, I failed to consider that
cheapest_startup_path can be NULL when there is no non-parameterized
path in the pathlist. This is well documented in set_cheapest(), I just
failed to notice.
Here we adjust the code to just check if the RelOptInfo has a
cheapest_startup_path set before adding it to the startup_subpaths list.
Reported-by: Richard Guo
Author: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs49w3t03V69XhdCuw+GDwivny4uQUxrkVp6Gejaspt0wMQ@mail.gmail.com
worker_spi_launch() may report that a worker stopped when it fails to
connect on a database that does not allow connections if the worker
exits before the SQL function checks for the current status of the
worker. The test is switched to use Cluster::psql instead of
safe_psql() so as it does not fail hard when this query errors. While
on it, this removes a query that looks at pg_stat_activity to simplify
the test, as a check on the contents of the server logs achieves the
same when the worker cannot connect to the database without
datallowconn.
Per buildfarm members kestrel, mamba and serinus. Bonus thanks to Tom
Lane for providing the logs of the failure from mamba that the buildfarm
was not able to show up. Note that I have reproduced the failure with a
hardcoded stop point.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3365937.1696801735@sss.pgh.pa.us
The comment claimed that it is "called from postmaster", but it is
actually called in the child process, pretty early in the process
initialization. I guess you could interpret "called from postmaster"
to mean that, but it seems wrong to me. Rename the function to be
consistent with other functions with similar role.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/4f95c1fc-ad3c-7974-3a8c-6faa3931804c@iki.fi
In EXEC_BACKEND or single-user mode, we process
shared_preload_libraries at postmaster startup as usual, but also at
backend startup. When a library calls RegisterBackgroundWorker() when
being loaded into a backend process, we go through the motions to add
the worker to BackgroundWorkerList, even though that is a
postmaster-private data structure. Make it return early when called in
a backend process, without changing BackgroundWorkerList.
You could argue that it was intentional: In non-EXEC_BACKEND mode, the
backend processes inherit BackgroundWorkerList at fork(), so it does
make some sense to initialize it to the same state in EXEC_BACKEND
mode, too. It's clearly a postmaster-private structure, though, and
all the functions that use it are clearly marked as "should only be
called in postmaster".
You could also argue that libraries should not call
RegisterBackgroundWorker() during backend startup. It's too late to
correctly register any static background workers at that stage. But
it's a common pattern in extensions, and it doesn't seem worth the
churn to require all extensions to change it.
Another sloppiness was the exception for "internal" background
workers. We checked that RegisterBackgroundWorker() was called during
shared_preload_libraries processing, or the background worker was an
internal one. That exception was made in commit 665d1fad99 to allow
postmaster to register the logical apply launcher in
ApplyLauncherRegister(). The way the check was written, it would not
complain if you registered an internal background worker in a regular
backend process. But it would complain if postmaster registered a
background worker defined in a shared library, outside
shared_preload_libraries processing. I think the correct rule is that
you can only register static background workers in the postmaster
process, and only before the bgworker shared memory array has been
initialized. Check for that more directly.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/4f95c1fc-ad3c-7974-3a8c-6faa3931804c@iki.fi
The serialized representation of an internal aggregate state is a bytea
value. In each deserial function, in order to "receive" the bytea value
we appended it onto a short-lived StringInfoData using
appendBinaryStringInfo. This was a little wasteful as it meant having to
palloc memory, copy a (possibly long) series of bytes then later pfree
that memory. Instead of going to this extra trouble, we can just fake up
a StringInfoData and point the data directly at the bytea's payload. This
should help increase the performance of internal aggregate
deserialization.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvr=e-YOigriSHHm324a40HPqcUhSp6pWWgjz5WwegR=cQ@mail.gmail.com
1349d2790 added code to adjust the PlannerInfo.group_pathkeys so that
ORDER BY / DISTINCT aggregate functions could obtain pre-sorted inputs
to allow faster execution. That commit forgot to adjust the pathkeys in
create_agg_path(). Some code in there assumed that it was always fine
to make the AggPath's pathkeys the same as its subpath's. That seems to
have been ok up until 1349d2790, but since that commit adds pathkeys for
columns which are within the aggregate function, those columns won't be
available above the aggregate node. This can result in "could not find
pathkey item to sort" during create_plan().
The fix here is to strip off the additional pathkeys added by
adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg(). It seems that the pathkeys here
will only ever be group_pathkeys, so all we need to do is check if the
length of the pathkey list is longer than the num_groupby_pathkeys and
get rid of the additional ones only if we see extras.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZQhYYRhUxpW3PSf9%40telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 16, where 1349d2790 was introduced
Going by c4a1933b4, b33ef397a and 05893712c (to name just a few), it seems
that maintaining debug_print_rel() is often forgotten. In the case of
c4a1933b4, it was several years before anyone noticed that a path type
was not handled by debug_print_rel(). (debug_print_rel() is only
compiled when building with OPTIMIZER_DEBUG).
After a quick survey on the pgsql-hackers mailing list, nobody came
forward to admit that they use OPTIMIZER_DEBUG. So to prevent any future
maintenance neglect, let's just remove debug_print_rel() and have
OPTIMIZER_DEBUG make use of pprint() instead (as suggested by Tom Lane).
If anyone wants to come forward to claim they make use of
OPTIMIZER_DEBUG in a way that they need debug_print_rel() then they have
around 10 months remaining in the v17 cycle where we could revert this.
If nobody comes forward in that time, then we can likely safely declare
debug_print_rel() as not worth keeping.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvoCdjo8Cu2zEZF4-AxWG-90S+pYXAnoDDa9J3xH-OrczQ@mail.gmail.com
Back in the 8.3 era we discovered that it was problematic if
libpq.so had encoding ID assignments different from the backend,
which is possible because on some platforms libpq.so might be
of a different major version from the calling programs.
psql should use libpq's assignments, but initdb has to use the
backend's, else it will put wrong values into pg_database.
The solution devised in commit 8468146b0 relied on giving initdb
its own copy of encnames.c rather than relying on the functions
exported by libpq. Later, that metamorphosed into ensuring that
libpgcommon got linked before libpq -- which made things OK for
initdb but broke psql. We didn't notice for lack of any changes
in enum pg_enc since then. Commit 06843df4a reversed that, fixing
the latent bug in psql but adding one in initdb. The meson build
infrastructure is also not being sufficiently careful about link
order, and trying to make it so would be equally fragile.
Hence, let's use a new scheme based on giving the libpq-exported
symbols different real names than the same functions exported from
libpgcommon.a or libpgcommon_srv.a. (We could distinguish those
two cases as well, but there seems no need to.) libpq gets the
official names to avoid an ABI break for libpq clients, while the
other cases use #define's to make the real names "xxx_private"
rather than "xxx". By controlling where the #define's are
applied, we can force any particular client program to use one
set or the other of the encnames.c functions.
We cannot back-patch this, since it'd be an ABI break for backend
loadable modules, but there seems little need to. We're just
trying to ensure that the world is safe for hypothetical future
additions to enum pg_enc.
In passing this should fix "duplicate symbol" linker warnings
that we've been seeing on AIX buildfarm members since commit
06843df4a. It's not very clear why that linker is complaining
now, when there were strictly *more* duplicates visible before,
but in any case this should remove the reason for complaint.
Patch by me; thanks to Andres Freund for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2385119.1696354473@sss.pgh.pa.us
There was some discussion what the line length should be. Most output
currently clearly targets around 80 columns, but the maximum in use
currently is 95, so we set that as the current maximum. This just
ensures that there is some guidance and there are no wild deviations.
based on patch by Atsushi Torikoshi <torikoshia@oss.nttdata.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/50ca8ff35a8dd8f9ec89963b503571a7@oss.nttdata.com
This seemed inconsistent with the --help output of other tools.
Depending on the values, it can cause ugly formatting. Also, we're
not getting the defaults from libpq, we're just emulating the methods
libpq uses to derive these values, so they might not be 100% correct.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi <torikoshia@oss.nttdata.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/50ca8ff35a8dd8f9ec89963b503571a7@oss.nttdata.com
Currently, B-tree code matches every scan key to every item on the page.
Imagine the ordered B-tree scan for the query like this.
SELECT * FROM tbl WHERE col > 'a' AND col < 'b' ORDER BY col;
The (col > 'a') scan key will be always matched once we find the location to
start the scan. The (col < 'b') scan key will match every item on the page
as long as it matches the last item on the page.
This patch implements prechecking of the scan keys required for directional
scan on beginning of page scan. If precheck is successful we can skip this
scan keys check for the items on the page. That could lead to significant
acceleration especially if the comparison operator is expensive.
Idea from patch by Konstantin Knizhnik.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/079c3f8e-3371-abe2-e93c-fc8a0ae3f571%40garret.ru
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan, Pavel Borisov
A bgworker can spawn parallel workers of its own when executing queries,
and if the worker uses BGWORKER_BYPASS_ALLOWCONN while the database it
is connected to does not allow connections, a parallel worker would fail
to startup. In the case of this module, the step checking for the
presence of the schema to create was spawning a worker, failing the last
test introduced by 991bb0f965.
This issue could be reproduced with debug_parallel_query = 'regress',
for example.
Per buildfarm member crake.
BuildDescForRelation() main job is to convert ColumnDef lists to
pg_attribute/tuple descriptor arrays, which is really mostly an
internal subroutine of DefineRelation() and some related functions,
which is more the remit of tablecmds.c and doesn't have much to do
with the basic tuple descriptor interfaces in tupdesc.c. This is also
supported by observing the header includes we can remove in tupdesc.c.
By moving it over, we can also (in the future) make
BuildDescForRelation() use more internals of tablecmds.c that are not
sensible to be exposed in tupdesc.c.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/52a125e4-ff9a-95f5-9f61-b87cf447e4da@eisentraut.org
Keep track of the used size of the array. That avoids looping through
the whole array in a few places. It doesn't matter from a performance
point of view since the array is small anyway, but this feels less
surprising and is a little less code. Now that we have an explicit
NumListenSockets variable that is statically initialized to 0, we
don't need the loop to initialize the array.
Allocate the array in PostmasterContext. The array isn't needed in
child processes, so this allows reusing that memory. We could easily
make the array resizable now, but we haven't heard any complaints
about the current 64 sockets limit.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/7bb7ad65-a018-2419-742f-fa5fd877d338@iki.fi
Previously, the JSON code didn't have to worry too much about freeing
JsonLexContext, because it was never too long-lived. With new features
being added for SQL/JSON this is no longer the case. Add a routine
that knows how to free this struct and apply that to a few places, to
prevent this from becoming problematic.
At the same time, we change the API of makeJsonLexContextCstringLen to
make it receive a pointer to JsonLexContext for callers that want it to
be stack-allocated; it can also be passed as NULL to get the original
behavior of a palloc'ed one.
This also causes an ABI break due to the addition of flags to
JsonLexContext, so we can't easily backpatch it. AFAICS that's not much
of a problem; apparently some leaks might exist in JSON usage of
text-search, for example via json_to_tsvector, but I haven't seen any
complaints about that.
Per Coverity complaint about datum_to_jsonb_internal().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230808174110.oq3iymllsv6amkih@alvherre.pgsql
6b94e7a6d did this for ordered append paths to allow fast startup
MergeAppends, however, nothing was done for the Append case.
Here we adjust add_paths_to_append_rel() to have it build an AppendPath
containing the cheapest startup paths from each of the child relations
when the append rel has "consider_startup" set.
Author: Andy Fan, David Rowley
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAKU4AWrXSkUV=Pt-gRxQT7EbfUeNssprGyNsB=5mJibFZ6S3ww@mail.gmail.com
Ensure we switch to the per-tuple memory context to prevent any memory
leaks of detoasted Datums in MemoizeHash_hash() and MemoizeHash_equal().
Reported-by: Orlov Aleksej
Author: Orlov Aleksej, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/83281eed63c74e4f940317186372abfd%40cft.ru
Backpatch-through: 14, where Memoize was added
The comment
/* On some platforms, readline is declared as readline(char *) */
is obsolete. The casting away of const can be removed.
The const in the readline() prototype was added in GNU readline 4.2,
released in 2001. BSD libedit has also had const in the prototype
since at least 2001.
(The commit that introduced this comment (187e865174) talked about
FreeBSD 4.8, which didn't have readline compatibility in libedit yet,
so it must have been talking about GNU readline in the base system.
This checks out, but already FreeBSD 5 had an updated GNU readline
with const.)
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/862fc1d4-9a0c-d2b6-5451-ee3dc750bcab%40eisentraut.org
A couple of new options are added to this module to provide more control
on the ways bgworkers are started:
- A new GUC called worker_spi.role to control which role to use by
default when starting a worker.
- worker_spi_launch() gains three arguments: a role OID, a database OID
and flags (currently only BGWORKER_BYPASS_ALLOWCONN). By default, the
role OID and the database OID are InvalidOid, in which case the worker
would use the related GUCs.
Workers loaded by shared_preload_libraries use the default values
provided by the GUCs, with flags at 0. The options are given to the
main bgworker routine through bgw_extra. A test case is tweaked to
start two dynamic workers with databases and roles defined by the caller
of worker_spi_launch().
These additions will have the advantage of expanding the tests for
bgworkers, for at least two cases:
- BGWORKER_BYPASS_ALLOWCONN has no coverage in the core tree.
- A new bgworker flag is under discussion, and this eases the
integration of new tests.
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bcc36259-7850-4882-97ef-d6b905d2fc51@gmail.com
Two custom wait events are added here:
- "TestShmMqBgWorkerStartup", when setting up a set of bgworkers in
wait_for_workers_to_become_ready().
- "TestShmMqMessageQueue", when waiting for a queued message in
test_shm_mq_pipelined().
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/197bce267fa691a0ac62c86c4ab904c4@oss.nttdata.com
This naming is more consistent with all the other user-facing wait event
strings. Other in-core modules will use the same naming convention, so
let's be consistent here as well.
Extracted from a larger patch by the same author.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/197bce267fa691a0ac62c86c4ab904c4@oss.nttdata.com
It is unnecessary to include this field in IndexInfo. It is only used
by DDL code, not during execution. It is really only used to pass
local information around between functions in index.c and indexcmds.c,
for which it is clearer to use local variables, like in similar cases.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f84640e3-00d3-5abd-3f41-e6a19d33c40b@eisentraut.org
In hopes of putting these where any would-be implementer is sure to
find them, make a placeholder grammar production for ALTER DROP VALUE
and put them there. This is really just a docs patch, though.
Vik Fearing, with a bit more wordsmithing by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9fffd149-da0f-0c9c-6745-731fb688642a@postgresfriends.org
This further reduces the length and complexity of sendFile(),
hopefully make it easier to understand and modify. In addition
to moving some logic into a new function, I took this opportunity
to make a few slight adjustments to sendFile() itself, including
renaming the 'len' variable to 'bytes_done', since we use it to represent
the number of bytes we've already handled so far, not the total
length of the file.
Patch by me, reviewed by David Steele.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYt5jXH4U6cu1dm9Oe2FTn1aae6hBNhZzJJjyjbE_zYig@mail.gmail.com
If checksum verification fails for a particular page, we reread the
page and try one more time. The code that does this somewhat complex
and difficult to follow. Move some of the logic into a new function
and rearrange the code a bit to try to make it clearer. This way,
we don't need the block_retry Boolean, a couple of other variables
move from sendFile() into the new function, and some code is now less
deeply indented.
Patch by me, reviewed by David Steele.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYt5jXH4U6cu1dm9Oe2FTn1aae6hBNhZzJJjyjbE_zYig@mail.gmail.com
The code in charge of copying the contents of PgBackendStatus to local
memory could fail on memory allocation because of an overflow on the
amount of memory to use. The overflow can happen when combining a high
value track_activity_query_size (max at 1MB) with a large
max_connections, when both multiplied get higher than INT32_MAX as both
parameters treated as signed integers. This could for example trigger
with the following functions, all calling pgstat_read_current_status():
- pg_stat_get_backend_subxact()
- pg_stat_get_backend_idset()
- pg_stat_get_progress_info()
- pg_stat_get_activity()
- pg_stat_get_db_numbackends()
The change to use MemoryContextAllocHuge() has been introduced in
8d0ddccec6, so backpatch down to 12.
Author: Jakub Wartak
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKZiRmw8QSNVw2qNK-dznsatQqz+9DkCquxP0GHbbv1jMkGHMA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
Make a few newish calls to appendStringInfo() which have no special
formatting use appendStringInfoString() instead. Also, adjust usages of
appendStringInfoString() which only append a string containing a single
character to make use of appendStringInfoChar() instead.
This makes the code marginally faster, but primarily this change is so
we use the StringInfo type as it was intended to be used.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpXKQmL+r=VDNS98upqhr9yGBhv2Jw3GBFFk_wKHcB39A@mail.gmail.com
This commit changes the WAL reader routines so as a FATAL for the
backend or exit(FAILURE) for the frontend is triggered if an allocation
for a WAL record decode fails in walreader.c, rather than treating this
case as bogus data, which would be equivalent to the end of WAL. The
key is to avoid palloc_extended(MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM) in walreader.c,
relying on plain palloc() calls.
The previous behavior could make WAL replay finish too early than it
should. For example, crash recovery finishing earlier may corrupt
clusters because not all the WAL available locally was replayed to
ensure a consistent state. Out-of-memory failures would show up
randomly depending on the memory pressure on the host, but one simple
case would be to generate a large record, then replay this record after
downsizing a host, as Ethan Mertz originally reported.
This relies on bae868caf2, as the WAL reader routines now do the
memory allocation required for a record only once its header has been
fully read and validated, making xl_tot_len trustable. Making the WAL
reader react differently on out-of-memory or bogus record data would
require ABI changes, so this is the safest choice for stable branches.
Also, it is worth noting that 3f1ce97346 has been using a plain
palloc() in this code for some time now.
Thanks to Noah Misch and Thomas Munro for the discussion.
Like the other commit, backpatch down to 12, leaving out v11 that will
be EOL'd soon. The behavior of considering a failed allocation as bogus
data comes originally from 0ffe11abd3, where the record length
retrieved from its header was not entirely trustable.
Reported-by: Ethan Mertz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZRKKdI5-RRlta3aF@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 12
The list form of stat() is an inelegant API as it relies on the position
of the file size in the list returned in result. Like in any other
places of the tree, replace that with a -s switch instead.
Another suggestion from Dagfinn is File::Stat, which we've been already
using for some other fields. It really comes down to a matter of taste
to choose that over -s, and the latter is more used in the tree.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b2020df7-d0fc-4ea5-b2a9-7efc6d36b2ac@gmail.com
In a selective restore, ACLs for a table should be dumped if the
table is selected to be dumped. However, if the table has both
table-level and column-level ACLs, only the table-level ACL was
restored. This happened because _tocEntryRequired assumed that
an ACL could have only one dependency (the one on its table),
and punted if there was more than one. But since commit ea9125304,
column-level ACLs also depend on the table-level ACL if any, to
ensure correct ordering in parallel restores. To fix, adjust the
logic in _tocEntryRequired to ignore dependencies on ACLs.
I extended a test case in 002_pg_dump.pl so that it purports to
test for this; but in fact the test passes even without the fix.
That's because this bug only manifests during a selective restore,
while the scenarios 002_pg_dump.pl tests include only selective dumps.
Perhaps somebody would like to extend the script so that it can test
scenarios including selective restore, but I'm not touching that.
Euler Taveira and Tom Lane, per report from Kong Man.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DM4PR11MB73976902DBBA10B1D652F9498B06A@DM4PR11MB7397.namprd11.prod.outlook.com
The retry loop is needed because heap_page_prune() calls
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() and then lazy_scan_prune() does the same
thing again, and they might get different answers due to concurrent
clog updates. But this patch makes heap_page_prune() return the
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() results that it computed back to the
caller, which allows lazy_scan_prune() to avoid needing to recompute
those values in the first place. That's nice both because it eliminates
the need for a retry loop and also because it's cheaper.
Melanie Plageman, reviewed by David Geier, Andres Freund, and me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_br124qsGJieuYA0nGjywEukhK1dKBfRdby_4yY3E9SXA%40mail.gmail.com
This adjusts the expression evaluation code for CoerceViaIO and
CoerceToDomain to handle errors softly if needed.
For CoerceViaIo, this means using InputFunctionCallSafe(), which
provides the option to handle errors softly, instead of calling the
type input function directly.
For CoerceToDomain, this simply entails replacing the ereport() in
ExecEvalConstraintCheck() by errsave().
In both cases, the ErrorSaveContext to be used when evaluating the
expression is stored by ExecInitExprRec() in the expression's struct
in the expression's ExprEvalStep. The ErrorSaveContext is passed by
setting ExprState.escontext to point to it when calling
ExecInitExprRec() on the expression whose errors are to be handled
softly.
Note that no call site of ExecInitExprRec() has been changed in this
commit, so there's no functional change. This is intended for
implementing new SQL/JSON expression nodes in future commits that
will use to it suppress errors that may occur during type coercions.
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE4XTdfb1nW=Ojoy_tQSRhYt-q_kb6i5d4xcKyrLC1Nbg@mail.gmail.com
SetResultVariables() was not getting called when "printing" a result
that failed (see around PrintQueryResult), which would cause some
variables to not be set, like ROW_COUNT, SQLSTATE or ERROR. This can be
confusing as a previous result would be retained.
This state could be reached when failing to process tuples in a few
commands, like \gset when it returns no tuples, or \crosstabview. A
test is added, based on \gset.
This is arguably a bug fix, but no backpatch is done as there is a risk
of breaking scripts that rely on the previous behavior, even if they do
so accidentally.
Reported-by: amutu
Author: Japin Li
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18134-87126d90cb4dd049@postgresql.org
After receiving position data for a lexeme, tsvectorrecv()
advanced its "datalen" value by (npos+1)*sizeof(WordEntry)
where the correct calculation is (npos+1)*sizeof(WordEntryPos).
This accidentally failed to render the constructed tsvector
invalid, but it did result in leaving some wasted space
approximately equal to the space consumed by the position data.
That could have several bad effects:
* Disk space is wasted if the received tsvector is stored into a
table as-is.
* A legal tsvector could get rejected with "maximum total lexeme
length exceeded" if the extra space pushes it over the MAXSTRPOS
limit.
* In edge cases, the finished tsvector could be assigned a length
larger than the allocated size of its palloc chunk, conceivably
leading to SIGSEGV when the tsvector gets copied somewhere else.
The odds of a field failure of this sort seem low, though valgrind
testing could probably have found this.
While we're here, let's express the calculation as
"sizeof(uint16) + npos * sizeof(WordEntryPos)" to avoid the type
pun implicit in the "npos + 1" formulation. It's not wrong
given that WordEntryPos had better be 2 bytes to avoid padding
problems, but it seems clearer this way.
Report and patch by Denis Erokhin. Back-patch to all supported
versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/009801d9f2d9$f29730c0$d7c59240$@datagile.ru
In recent releases, such cases fail with "cache lookup failed for
function 0" rather than complaining that the conversion function
doesn't exist as prior versions did. Seems to be a consequence of
sloppy refactoring in commit f82de5c46. Add the missing error check.
Per report from Pierre Fortin. Back-patch to v14 where the
oversight crept in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230929163739.3bea46e5.pfortin@pfortin.com
Commit 9f8377f7a2 was a little too eager in fetching default values.
Normally this would not matter, but if the default value is not valid
for the type (e.g. a varchar that's too long) it caused an unnecessary
error.
Complaint and fix from Laurenz Albe
Backpatch to release 16.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/75a7b7483aeb331aa017328d606d568fc715b90d.camel@cybertec.at
These options already exist, but you need to specify a column list for
them, which can be cumbersome. We already have the possibility of all
columns for FORCE QUOTE, so this is simply extending that facility to
FORCE_NULL and FORCE_NOT_NULL.
Author: Zhang Mingli
Reviewed-By: Richard Guo, Kyatoro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxEnVqzOFtqhexF2+AwOKFrV8zHOY3y=p+gPK6eB14pn_w@mail.gmail.com
ANALYZE on a table with inheritance children analyzes all the child
tables in a loop. When stepping to next child table, it updated the
child rel ID value in the command progress stats, but did not reset
the 'sample_blks_total' and 'sample_blks_scanned' counters.
acquire_sample_rows() updates 'sample_blks_total' as soon as the scan
starts and 'sample_blks_scanned' after processing the first block, but
until then, pg_stat_progress_analyze would display a bogus combination
of the new child table relid with old counter values from the
previously processed child table. Fix by resetting 'sample_blks_total'
and 'sample_blks_scanned' to zero at the same time that
'current_child_table_relid' is updated.
Backpatch to v13, where pg_stat_progress_analyze view was introduced.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20230122162345.GP13860%40telsasoft.com
Under some circumstances, concurrent MERGE operations could lead to
inconsistent results, that varied according the plan chosen. This was
caused by a lack of rowmarks on the source relation, which meant that
EvalPlanQual rechecking was not guaranteed to return the same source
tuples when re-running the join query.
Fix by ensuring that preprocess_rowmarks() sets up PlanRowMarks for
all non-target relations used in MERGE, in the same way that it does
for UPDATE and DELETE.
Per bug #18103. Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Richard Guo.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18103-c4386baab8e355e3%40postgresql.org
Add "-gmt 1" to our test invocations of the Tcl "clock" command,
so that they do not consult the timezone environment. While it
doesn't really matter which timezone is used here, it does
matter that the command not fall over entirely. We've now
discovered that at least on FreeBSD, "clock scan" will fail if
/etc/localtime is missing. It seems worth making the test
insensitive to that.
Per Tomas Vondras' buildfarm animal dikkop. Thanks to
Thomas Munro for the diagnosis.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/316d304a-1dcd-cea1-3d6c-27f794727a06@enterprisedb.com
As of Xcode 15 (macOS Sonoma), the linker complains about duplicate
references to the same library. We see warnings about libpgport and
libpgcommon being duplicated in many client executables. This is a
consequence of the hack introduced in commit 6b7ef076b to list
libpgport before libpq while not removing it from $(LIBS).
(Commit 8396447cd later applied the same rule to libpgcommon.)
The concern in 6b7ef076b was to ensure that the client executable
wouldn't unintentionally depend on pgport functions from libpq.
That concern is obsolete on any platform for which we can do symbol
export control, because if we can then the pgport functions in libpq
won't be exposed anyway. Hence, we can fix this problem by just
removing libpgport and libpgcommon from $(libpq_pgport), and letting
clients depend on the occurrences in $(LIBS).
In the back branches, do that only on macOS (which we know has
symbol export control). In HEAD, let's be more aggressive and
remove the extra libraries everywhere. The only still-supported
platforms that lack export control are MinGW/Cygwin, and it
doesn't seem worth sweating over ABI stability details for those
(or if somebody does care, it'd probably be possible to perform
symbol export control for those too). As well as being simpler,
this might give some microscopic improvement in build time.
The meson build system is not changed here, as it doesn't have
this particular disease, though it does have some related issues
that we'll fix separately.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/467042.1695766998@sss.pgh.pa.us
Improve find_base_rel() and find_base_rel_ignore_join() so that they
raise an ERROR if they ever receive a negative relid value in
non-cassert builds. If either of these functions had ever received a
negative relid then they'd have attempted to access memory that does not
belong to simple_rel_array.
Because no evidence has been presented of actual cases where bugs have
caused this to happen, here we take a lightweight approach to checking
for negative values and simply cast both values to uint32 before
performing the comparison. This will cause any negative relids to be
seen as greater than simple_rel_array_size which will ERROR rather than
attempt to access a negative simple_rel_array element. Obviously, the
run-time error is better than a crash, so it makes sense to protect
against this, especially when it can be done without adding any
additional run-time overhead.
There is a slight change here if the functions are ever called with a
relid of 0. This will pass the bounds check, but that array entry
should be NULL (along with the corresponding simple_rte_array entry), so
won't pass the "if (rel)" condition and still fall through and raise an
ERROR.
Author: Ranier Vilela
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQArQSghBu2gLojg4o_tnHj_x2HcS%3D%2BwewL3NJS8z0VnK%2Bg%40mail.gmail.com
nbtree's mark/restore processing failed to correctly handle an edge case
involving array key advancement and related search-type scan key state.
Scans with ScalarArrayScalarArrayOpExpr quals requiring mark/restore
processing (for a merge join) could incorrectly conclude that an
affected array/scan key must not have advanced during the time between
marking and restoring the scan's position.
As a result of all this, array key handling within btrestrpos could skip
a required call to _bt_preprocess_keys(). This confusion allowed later
primitive index scans to overlook tuples matching the true current array
keys. The scan's search-type scan keys would still have spurious values
corresponding to the final array element(s) -- not values matching the
first/now-current array element(s).
To fix, remember that "array key wraparound" has taken place during the
ongoing btrescan in a flag variable stored in the scan's state, and use
that information at the point where btrestrpos decides if another call
to _bt_preprocess_keys is required.
Oversight in commit 70bc5833, which taught nbtree to handle array keys
during mark/restore processing, but missed this subtlety. That commit
was itself a bug fix for an issue in commit 9e8da0f7, which taught
nbtree to handle ScalarArrayOpExpr quals natively.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkgP3DDRJxw6DgjCxo-cu-DKrvjEv_ArkP2ctBJatDCYg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11- (all supported branches).
This code was sloppy about comparison of index columns that
are expressions. It didn't reliably reject cases where one
index has an expression where the other has a plain column,
and it could index off the start of the attmap array, leading
to a Valgrind complaint (though an actual crash seems unlikely).
I'm not sure that the expression-vs-column sloppiness leads
to any visible problem in practice, because the subsequent
comparison of the two expression lists would reject cases
where the indexes have different numbers of expressions
overall. Maybe we could falsely match indexes having the
same expressions in different column positions, but it'd
require unlucky contents of the word before the attmap array.
It's not too surprising that no problem has been reported
from the field. Nonetheless, this code is clearly wrong.
Per bug #18135 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all
supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18135-532f4a755e71e4d2@postgresql.org
Previously, one of the values in the struct was returned as the return
value, and another was returned via an output parameter. In
preparation for returning more stuff, consolidate both values into a
struct returned via an output parameter.
Melanie Plageman, reviewed by Andres Freund and by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_br124qsGJieuYA0nGjywEukhK1dKBfRdby_4yY3E9SXA%40mail.gmail.com
Tid Range scans were added back in bb437f995. That commit forgot to add
handling for TidRangePaths in print_path().
Only people building with OPTIMIZER_DEBUG might have noticed this, which
likely is the reason it's taken 4 years for anyone to notice.
Author: Andrey Lepikhov
Reported-by: Andrey Lepikhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/379082d6-1b6a-4cd6-9ecf-7157d8c08635@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 14, where bb437f995 was introduced
The comment claimed that pg_resetwal updates the pg_control file if it
is of an old version. This has apparently never been true. Also, in
c3c09be34b, another comment was added elsewhere that this currently
does not happen. So this comment is wrong and redundant and can be
removed.
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/0f3ab4a1-ae80-56e8-3426-6b4a02507687@eisentraut.org
This commit changes the query jumbling of CallStmt so as its IN/OUT
parameters are able to show up as constants with a parameter symbol in
pg_stat_statements, like:
CALL proc1($1, $2);
CALL proc2($1, $2, $3);
The transformed FuncExpr is used in the query ID computation instead of
the FuncCall generated by the parser, so as it is sensitive to the OID
of the procedure and its list of input arguments. The output arguments
are handled in a separate list in CallStmt, which is also included in
the computation.
Tests are added to pg_stat_statements to show how this affects CALL with
IN/OUT parameters as well as overloaded functions.
Like 638d42a3c5 or 31de7e60da, this improves the monitoring of
workloads with a lot of CALL statements, preventing unnecessary bloat
when these use different input (or event output) values.
Author: Sami Imseih
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/B44FA29D-EBD0-4DD9-ABC2-16F1CB087074@amazon.com
This commit removes unnecessary ExecExprFreeContext() calls in
ExecEnd* routines because the actual cleanup is managed by
FreeExecutorState(). With no callers remaining for
ExecExprFreeContext(), this commit also removes the function.
This commit also drops redundant ExecClearTuple() calls, because
ExecResetTupleTable() in ExecEndPlan() already takes care of
resetting and dropping all TupleTableSlots initialized with
ExecInitScanTupleSlot() and ExecInitExtraTupleSlot().
After these modifications, the ExecEnd*() routines for ValuesScan,
NamedTuplestoreScan, and WorkTableScan became redundant. So, this
commit removes them.
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFGkMSge6TgC9KQzde0ohpAycLQuV7ooitEEpbKB0O_mg@mail.gmail.com
"in_streaming" is a flag used to track if an instance of pgoutput is
streaming changes. When pgoutput is started, the flag was always reset,
switched it back and forth in the stream start/stop callbacks.
Before this commit, it was a global variable, which is confusing as it
is actually attached to a state of PGOutputData. Per my analysis, using
a global variable did not lead to an active bug like in 54ccfd6586,
but it makes the code more consistent. Note that we cannot backpatch
this change anyway as it requires the addition of a new field to
PGOutputData, exposed in pgoutput.h.
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB571690EF24F51F51EFFCBB0E94FAA@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
This unifies some repetitive code.
Note: I didn't push the "not found" error message into the new
function, even though all existing callers would be able to make use
of it. Using the existing error handling as-is would probably require
exposing the Relation type via tupdesc.h, which doesn't seem
desirable. (Or even if we changed it to just report the OID, it would
inject the concept of a relation containing the tuple descriptor into
tupdesc.h, which might be a layering violation. Perhaps some further
improvements could be considered here separately.)
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/52a125e4-ff9a-95f5-9f61-b87cf447e4da%40eisentraut.org
When performing inlining LLVM unfortunately "leaks" types (the
types survive and are usable, but a new round of inlining will
recreate new structurally equivalent types). This accumulation
will over time amount to a memory leak which for some queries
can be large enough to trigger the OOM process killer.
To avoid accumulation of types, all IR related data is stored
in an LLVMContextRef which is dropped and recreated in order
to release all types. Dropping and recreating incurs overhead,
so it will be done only after 100 queries. This is a heuristic
which might be revisited, but until we can get the size of the
context from LLVM we are flying a bit blind.
This issue has been reported several times, there may be more
references to it in the archives on top of the threads linked
below.
Backpatching of this fix will be handled once it has matured
in master for a bit.
Reported-By: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reported-By: Kurt Roeckx <kurt@roeckx.be>
Reported-By: Jaime Casanova <jcasanov@systemguards.com.ec>
Reported-By: Lauri Laanmets <pcspets@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund and Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7acc8678-df5f-4923-9cf6-e843131ae89d@www.fastmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201218235607.GC30237@telsasoft.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPH-tTxLf44s3CvUUtQpkDr1D8Hxqc2NGDzGXS1ODsfiJ6WSqA@mail.gmail.com
Commit b059d2f456 introduced llvm_types_module and accidentally
exported it. As there is no usecase for accessing this variable
externally, this makes it static.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221101055132.pjjsvlkeo4stbjkq@awork3.anarazel.de
The pgoutput module uses a global variable (publish_no_origin) to cache
the action for the origin filter, but we didn't reset the flag when
shutting down the output plugin, so subsequent retries may access the
previous publish_no_origin value.
We fix this by storing the flag in the output plugin's private data.
Additionally, the patch removes the currently unused origin string from the
structure.
For the back branch, to avoid changing the exposed structure, we eliminated the
global variable and instead directly used the origin string for change
filtering.
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier
Backpatch-through: 16
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB571690EF24F51F51EFFCBB0E94FAA@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
We started to use this linker switch in commit 9df308697 of
2004-07-13, which was in the OS X 10.3 era. Apparently it's been a
no-op since around OS X 10.9. Apple's most recent toolchain version
actively complains about it, so it's time to get rid of it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/467042.1695766998@sss.pgh.pa.us
Yet another bug in the ilk of commits a7ee7c851 and 741b88435. In
741b88435, we took care to clear the memorized location of the
downlink when we split the parent page, because splitting the parent
page can move the downlink. But we missed that even *updating* a tuple
on the parent can move it, because updating a tuple on a gist page is
implemented as a delete+insert, so the updated tuple gets moved to the
end of the page.
This commit fixes the bug in two different ways (belt and suspenders):
1. Clear the downlink when we update a tuple on the parent page, even
if it's not split. This the same approach as in commits a7ee7c851
and 741b88435.
I also noticed that gistFindCorrectParent did not clear the
'downlinkoffnum' when it stepped to the right sibling. Fix that
too, as it seems like a clear bug even though I haven't been able
to find a test case to hit that.
2. Change gistFindCorrectParent so that it treats 'downlinkoffnum'
merely as a hint. It now always first checks if the downlink is
still at that location, and if not, it scans the page like before.
That's more robust if there are still more cases where we fail to
clear 'downlinkoffnum' that we haven't yet uncovered. With this,
it's no longer necessary to meticulously clear 'downlinkoffnum',
so this makes the previous fixes unnecessary, but I didn't revert
them because it still seems nice to clear it when we know that the
downlink has moved.
Also add the test case using the same test data that Alexander
posted. I tried to reduce it to a smaller test, and I also tried to
reproduce this with different test data, but I was not able to, so
let's just include what we have.
Backpatch to v12, like the previous fixes.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/18129-caca016eaf0c3702@postgresql.org
There was a mismatch between the const qualifiers for
excludeDirContents in src/backend/backup/basebackup.c and
src/bin/pg_rewind/filemap.c, which led to a quick search for similar
cases. We should make excludeDirContents match, but the rest of the
changes seem like a good idea as well.
Author: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/669a035c-d23d-2f38-7ff0-0cb93e01d610@pgmasters.net
As implemented in 5891c7a8ed, setting "force" to true in
pgstat_report_wal() causes the routine to not wait for the pgstat
shmem lock if it cannot be acquired, in which case the WAL and I/O
statistics finish by not being flushed. The origin of the confusion
comes from pgstat_flush_wal() and pgstat_flush_io(), that use "nowait"
as sole argument. The I/O stats are new in v16.
This is the opposite behavior of what has been used in
pgstat_report_stat(), where "force" is the opposite of "nowait". In
this case, when "force" is true, the routine sets "nowait" to false,
which would cause the routine to wait for the pgstat shmem lock,
ensuring that the stats are always flushed. When "force" is false,
"nowait" is set to true, and the stats would only not be flushed if the
pgstat shmem lock can be acquired, returning immediately without
flushing the stats if the lock cannot be acquired.
This commit changes pgstat_report_wal() so as "force" has the same
behavior as in pgstat_report_stat(). There are currently three callers
of pgstat_report_wal():
- Two in the checkpointer where force=true during a shutdown and the
main checkpointer loop. Now the code behaves so as the stats are always
flushed.
- One in the main loop of the bgwriter, where force=false. Now the code
behaves so as the stats would not be flushed if the pgstat shmem lock
could not be acquired.
Before this commit, some stats on WAL and I/O could have been lost after
a shutdown, for example.
Reported-by: Ryoga Yoshida
Author: Ryoga Yoshida, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f87a4d7be70530606b864fd1df91718c@oss.nttdata.com
Backpatch-through: 15
bae868ca removed a check that was still needed. If you had an
xl_tot_len at the end of a page that was too small for a record header,
but not big enough to span onto the next page, we'd immediately perform
the CRC check using a bogus large length. Because of arbitrary coding
differences between the CRC implementations on different platforms,
nothing very bad happened on common modern systems. On systems using
the _sb8.c fallback we could segfault.
Restore that check, add a new assertion and supply a test for that case.
Back-patch to 12, like bae868ca.
Tested-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Tested-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLCkTT7zYjzOxuLGahBdQ%3DMcF%3Dz5ZvrjSOnW4EDhVjT-g%40mail.gmail.com
Thanks to commit 2a8b40e368, the logical replication worker type is
easily determined. The worker type could already be deduced via
other columns such as leader_pid and relid, but that is unnecessary
complexity for users.
Bumps catversion.
Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Maxim Orlov, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut%2BPtmbSMfErSk0S7xxVdZJ9XVE3xVLhqBTmT91kf57BeKDQ%40mail.gmail.com
For some reason I used not_like = { pg_dumpall_dbprivs => 1, } in the test
condition of one of the tests added in in c66a7d75e6. That doesn't make sense
for two reasons: 1) not_like isn't a valid test condition 2) the database
should not be dumped in any of the tests. Due to 1), the test achieved its
goal, but clearly the formulation is confusing. Instead use like => {}, with
a comment explaining why.
Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3ddf79f2-8b7b-a093-11d2-5c739bc64f86@eisentraut.org
Backpatch: 11-, like c66a7d75e6
Parse analysis of a CallStmt will inject mutable information,
for instance the OID of the called procedure, so that subsequent
DDL may create a need to re-parse the CALL. We failed to detect
this for CALLs in plpgsql routines, because no dependency information
was collected when putting a CallStmt into the plan cache. That
could lead to misbehavior or strange errors such as "cache lookup
failed".
Before commit ee895a655, the issue would only manifest for CALLs
appearing in atomic contexts, because we re-planned non-atomic
CALLs every time through anyway.
It is now apparent that extract_query_dependencies() probably
needs a special case for every utility statement type for which
stmt_requires_parse_analysis() returns true. I wanted to add
something like Assert(!stmt_requires_parse_analysis(...)) when
falling out of extract_query_dependencies_walker without doing
anything, but there are API issues as well as a more fundamental
point: stmt_requires_parse_analysis is supposed to be applied to
raw parser output, so it'd be cheating to assume it will give the
correct answer for post-parse-analysis trees. I contented myself
with adding a comment.
Per bug #18131 from Christian Stork. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18131-576854e79c5cd264@postgresql.org
In a 64-bit build there's an awful lot of useless pad space in
ParsedWords. Since we may allocate large arrays of these,
it's worth some effort to reduce their size.
Here we reduce the alen field from uint32 to uint16, and then re-order
the fields to avoid unnecessary padding. alen is only used to
remember the allocated size of the apos[] array, which is not allowed
to exceed MAXNUMPOS (256) elements, so uint16 is plenty of space for
it. That gets us from 40 bytes to 24 on 64-bit builds, and from 20
bytes to 16 on 32-bit builds.
Per discussion of bug #18080. Unfortunately this is an ABI break
so we can't back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1146921.1695411070@sss.pgh.pa.us
The initial estimate of the number of distinct ParsedWords is just
that: an estimate. Don't let it exceed what palloc is willing to
allocate. If in fact we need more entries, we'll eventually fail
trying to enlarge the array. But if we don't, this allows success on
inputs that currently draw "invalid memory alloc request size".
Per bug #18080 from Uwe Binder. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18080-d5c5e58fef8c99b7@postgresql.org
The --help output stated that schemas were specified using PATTERN
when they in fact aren't pattern matched but are required to be
exact matches. This changes to SCHEMA to make that clear.
Backpatch through v16 where this was introduced.
Author: Kuwamura Masaki <kuwamura@db.is.i.nagoya-u.ac.jp>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMyC8qp9mXPQd5D6s6CJxvmignsbTqGZwDDB6VYJOn1A8WG38w@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
When specifying multiple schemas to exclude with -N parameters, none
of the schemas are actually excluded (a single -N worked as expected).
This fixes the catalog query to handle multiple exclusions and adds a
test for this case.
Backpatch to v16 where this was introduced.
Author: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Author: Kuwamura Masaki <kuwamura@db.is.i.nagoya-u.ac.jp>
Reported-by: Kuwamura Masaki <kuwamura@db.is.i.nagoya-u.ac.jp>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMyC8qp9mXPQd5D6s6CJxvmignsbTqGZwDDB6VYJOn1A8WG38w@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
Commit cda6a8d01d removed a few datatypes, but didn't update
pg_upgrade --check to throw error if these types are used. So the users
find that pg_upgrade --check tells them that everything is fine, only to
fail when the real upgrade is attempted.
Reviewed-by: Tristan Partin <tristan@neon.tech>
Reviewed-by: Suraj Kharage <suraj.kharage@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202309201654.ng4ksea25mti@alvherre.pgsql
In order to troubleshoot misbehaving or buggy event triggers, the
documented advice is to enter single-user mode. In an attempt to
reduce the number of situations where single-user mode is required
(or even recommended) for non-extraordinary maintenance, this GUC
allows to temporarily suspend event triggers.
This was originally extracted from a larger patchset which aimed
at supporting event triggers on login events.
Reviewed-by: Ted Yu <yuzhihong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Gribkov <youzhick@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9140106E-F9BF-4D85-8FC8-F2D3C094A6D9@yesql.se
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0d46d29f-4558-3af9-9c85-7774e14a7709@postgrespro.ru
'Q' for 64 bit integers turns out not to work on 32 bit Perl, as
revealed by the build farm. Use 'II' instead, and deal with endianness.
Back-patch to 12, like bae868ca.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZQ4r1vHcryBsSi_V%40paquier.xyz
xl_tot_len comes first in a WAL record. Usually we don't trust it to be
the true length until we've validated the record header. If the record
header was split across two pages, previously we wouldn't do the
validation until after we'd already tried to allocate enough memory to
hold the record, which was bad because it might actually be garbage
bytes from a recycled WAL file, so we could try to allocate a lot of
memory. Release 15 made it worse.
Since 70b4f82a4b, we'd at least generate an end-of-WAL condition if the
garbage 4 byte value happened to be > 1GB, but we'd still try to
allocate up to 1GB of memory bogusly otherwise. That was an
improvement, but unfortunately release 15 tries to allocate another
object before that, so you could get a FATAL error and recovery could
fail.
We can fix both variants of the problem more fundamentally using
pre-existing page-level validation, if we just re-order some logic.
The new order of operations in the split-header case defers all memory
allocation based on xl_tot_len until we've read the following page. At
that point we know that its first few bytes are not recycled data, by
checking its xlp_pageaddr, and that its xlp_rem_len agrees with
xl_tot_len on the preceding page. That is strong evidence that
xl_tot_len was truly the start of a record that was logged.
This problem was most likely to occur on a standby, because
walreceiver.c recycles WAL files without zeroing out trailing regions of
each page. We could fix that too, but it wouldn't protect us from rare
crash scenarios where the trailing zeroes don't make it to disk.
With reliable xl_tot_len validation in place, the ancient policy of
considering malloc failure to indicate corruption at end-of-WAL seems
quite surprising, but changing that is left for later work.
Also included is a new TAP test to exercise various cases of end-of-WAL
detection by writing contrived data into the WAL from Perl.
Back-patch to 12. We decided not to put this change into the final
release of 11.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com> (the idea, not the code)
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17928-aa92416a70ff44a2%40postgresql.org
The SSL tests for pg_ctl restart with an incorrect key passphrase used
the internal _update_pid method to set the pidfile after running pg_ctl
manually instead of using the supplied ->restart method. This refactors
the ->restart method to accept a fail_ok parameter like how ->start and
->stop does, and changes the SSL tests to use this instead. This removes
the need to call internal test module functions.
Reviewed-by: Melih Mutlu <m.melihmutlu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F81643C4-D7B8-4C6B-AF18-B73839966279@yesql.se
Guard against the pointer being NULL before pfreeing upon an error
returned from OpenSSL. Also handle errors from X509_NAME_print_ex
which can return -1 on memory allocation errors.
Backpatch down to v15 where the code was added.
Author: Sergey Shinderuk <s.shinderuk@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8db5374d-32e0-6abb-d402-40762511eff2@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: v15
The computation of the column
information_schema.check_constraints.check_clause used
pg_get_constraintdef() plus some string manipulation to get the check
clause back out. This ended up with an extra pair of parentheses,
which is only an aesthetic problem, but also with suffixes like "NOT
VALID", which don't belong into that column. We can fix both of these
problems and simplify the code by just using pg_get_expr() instead.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/799b59ef-3330-f0d2-ee23-8cdfa1740987@eisentraut.org
In older branches, COMMIT/ROLLBACK AND CHAIN failed to propagate
the current transaction's properties to the new transaction if
there was any open subtransaction (unreleased savepoint).
Instead, some previous transaction's properties would be restored.
This is because the "if (s->chain)" check in CommitTransactionCommand
examined the wrong instance of the "chain" flag and falsely
concluded that it didn't need to save transaction properties.
Our regression tests would have noticed this, except they used
identical transaction properties for multiple tests in a row,
so that the faulty behavior was not distinguishable from correct
behavior.
Commit 12d768e70 fixed the problem in v15 and later, but only rather
accidentally, because I removed the "if (s->chain)" test to avoid a
compiler warning, while not realizing that the warning was flagging a
real bug.
In v14 and before, remove the if-test and save transaction properties
unconditionally; just as in the newer branches, that's not expensive
enough to justify thinking harder.
Add the comment and extra regression test to v15 and later to
forestall any future recurrence, but there's no live bug in those
branches.
Patch by me, per bug #18118 from Liu Xiang. Back-patch to v12 where
the AND CHAIN feature was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18118-4b72fcbb903aace6@postgresql.org
As physical replication work at the cluster level and not database
level, any dbname in the connection string is ignored. Proxies and
middleware used in connecting to the cluster might however need to
know the dbname in order to make the correct routing decision for
the connection.
With this the startup packet will include the dbname parameter.
Author: Jelte Fennema-Nio <me@jeltef.nl>
Reviewed-by: Tristen Raab <tristen.raab@highgo.ca>
Reviewed-by: Jim Jones <jim.jones@uni-muenster.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQTw-dZkVT_RELRzfWRzY714-VaTjoBATYfZq93R8C-auA@mail.gmail.com
The comment introduced by commit e7cb7ee14 was a bit too terse, which
could lead to extensions doing different things within the hook function
than we intend to allow. Extend the comment to explain what they can do
within the hook function.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
In passing, I rephrased a nearby comment that I recently added to the
back branches.
Reviewed by David Rowley and Andrei Lepikhov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPmGK15SBPA1nr3Aqsdm%2BYyS-ay0Ayo2BRYQ8_A2To9eLqwopQ%40mail.gmail.com
ae78cae3b added the --buffer-usage-limit to vacuumdb to allow it to
include the BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT option in the VACUUM command.
Unfortunately, that commit forgot to adjust the code so the option was
added to the ANALYZE command when the -Z command line argument was
specified.
There were no issues with the -z command as that option just adds
ANALYZE to the VACUUM command.
In passing adjust the code to escape the --buffer-usage-limit option
before passing it to the server. It seems nothing beyond a confusing
error message could become this lack of escaping as VACUUM cannot be
specified in a multi-command string.
Reported-by: Ryoga Yoshida
Author: Ryoga Yoshida, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/08930c0b541700a5264e5fbf3a685f5a%40oss.nttdata.com
Backpatch-through: 16, where ae78cae3b was introduced.
Thanks to commit 5af0263afd, binaryheap is available to frontend
code. This commit replaces the open-coded heap implementation in
pg_dump_sort.c with a binaryheap, saving a few lines of code.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3612876.1689443232%40sss.pgh.pa.us
If any of these commands fail during editing or pre-processing, the
command stored in the query buffer would remain around without being
executed immediately as PSQL_CMD_ERROR is returned as status. The next
command provided by the user would run it, likely causing failures as
this could include silently some of the contents generated automatically
for views or functions.
The problems would be different depending on the psql meta-command used:
- For \ev and \ef, some errors can happen in a predictable way while
doing an object lookup or while creating an object command. A failure
while editing is equally problematic, but the class of failures
happening in the code path of do_edit() are unlikely. The query reset
is kept in exec_command_ef_ev() as a query may be unchanged.
- For \e, error can happen while editing.
In both cases, the query buffer is reset on error for an incorrect file
number provided, whose value check is done before filling up the query
buffer.
This is a slight change of behavior compared to the past for some of the
predictable error patterns for \ev and \ef, so for now I have made the
choice to not backpatch this commit (argument particularly available for
v11 that's going to be EOL'd soon). Perhaps this could be revisited
later depending on the feedback of this new behavior.
Author: Ryoga Yoshida, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/01419622d84ef093fd4fe585520bf03c@oss.nttdata.com
Presently, parallel restores spend a lot of time sorting this list
so that we pick the largest items first. With many tables, this
sorting can become a significant bottleneck. There are a couple of
reports from the field about this, and it is easy to reproduce.
This commit improves the performance of parallel pg_restore with
many tables by converting its ready_list to a priority queue, i.e.,
a binary heap. We will first try to run the highest priority item,
but if it cannot be chosen due to the lock heuristic, we'll do a
sequential scan through the heap nodes until we find one that is
runnable. This means that we might end up picking an item with a
much lower priority. However, we expect that we will typically be
able to pick one of the first few items, which should usually have
a relatively high priority.
Suggested-by: Tom Lane
Tested-by: Pierre Ducroquet
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3612876.1689443232%40sss.pgh.pa.us
When a snapshot file fails to be read in ImportSnapshot(), it would
issue an ERROR as "invalid snapshot identifier" when opening a stream
for it in read-only mode. The error handling is improved to be more
talkative in failure cases:
- If a snapshot identifier uses incorrect characters, complain with the
same error as before this commit.
- If the snapshot file cannot be found in pg_snapshots/, complain with a
"snapshot \"foo\" does not exist" instead. This maps to the case where
AllocateFile() fails on ENOENT. Based on a suggestion from Andres
Freund.
- If AllocateFile() throws something else than ENOENT as errno, report
it with more details in %m instead, as these failures are never
expected.
b29504eeb489 was the first improvement take. The older error message
exists since bb446b689b that introduced snapshot imports. Two test
cases are added to cover the cases of an identifier with an incorrect
format and of a missing snapshot.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Daniel Gustafsson, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWmr=3KdxDkm8h7Zn1XxBoF6hdzq8WQyMn2y1OL5RYFrg@mail.gmail.com
PLy_elog() was not able to handle correctly cases where a SPI called
failed, which would fill in a DETAIL string able to trigger an
assertion. We may want to improve this infrastructure so as it is able
to provide any extra detail information provided by an error stack, but
this is left as a future improvement as it could impact existing error
stacks and any applications that depend on them. For now, the assertion
is removed and a regression test is added to cover the case of a failure
with a detail string.
This problem exists since 2bd78eb8d5, so backpatch all the way down
with tweaks to the regression tests output added where required.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18070-ab9c171cbf4ebb0f@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 11
This commit introduces binaryheap_remove_node(), which can be used
to remove any node from a binary heap. The implementation is
straightforward. The target node is replaced with the last node in
the heap, and then we sift as needed to preserve the heap property.
This new function is intended for use in a follow-up commit that
will improve the performance of pg_restore.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3612876.1689443232%40sss.pgh.pa.us
There are a couple of places in frontend code that could make use
of this simple binary heap implementation. This commit makes
binaryheap usable in frontend code, much like commit 26aaf97b68 did
for StringInfo. Like StringInfo, the header file is left in lib/
to reduce the likelihood of unnecessary breakage.
The frontend version of binaryheap exposes a void *-based API since
frontend code does not have access to the Datum definitions. This
seemed like a better approach than switching all existing uses to
void * or making the Datum definitions available to frontend code.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3612876.1689443232%40sss.pgh.pa.us
cursor_to_xmlschema() assumed that any Portal must have a tupDesc,
which is not so. Add a defensive check.
It's plausible that this mistake occurred because of the rather
poorly chosen name of the lookup function SPI_cursor_find(),
which in such cases is returning something that isn't very much
like a cursor. Add some documentation to try to forestall future
errors of the same ilk.
Report and patch by Boyu Yang (docs changes by me). Back-patch
to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/dd343010-c637-434c-a8cb-418f53bda3b8.yangboyu.yby@alibaba-inc.com
It was reported as misaligned by Kyotaro, but it also needed to be
turned into a single translatable phrase (like the one for \g is), as
reported by Yugo.
This is a new issue (commit f347ec76e2), so no backpatch is needed.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Author: Yugo NAGATA <nagata@sraoss.co.jp>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230907.142956.2038600444404289870.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Between Unicode 15.0.0 and 15.1.0, the whitespace in
EastAsianWidth.txt has changed a bit, such as from
0020;Na # Zs SPACE
to
0020 ; Na # Zs SPACE
with space around the semicolon. Adjust the script to be able to
parse that.
expandRecordVariable() failed to adjust the parse nesting structure
correctly when recursing to inspect an outer-level Var. This could
result in assertion failures or core dumps in corner cases.
Likewise, get_name_for_var_field() failed to adjust the deparse
namespace stack correctly when recursing to inspect an outer-level
Var. In this case the likely result was a "bogus varno" error
while deparsing a view.
Per bug #18077 from Jingzhou Fu. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Richard Guo, with some adjustments by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18077-b9db97c6e0ab45d8@postgresql.org
When tracking IO timing for WAL, the duration is what we calculate
based on the start and end timestamps, it's not what the variable
contains. Rename the timestamp variable to end to better communicate
what it contains. Original patch by Krishnakumar with additional
hacking to fix another occurrence by me.
Author: Krishnakumar R <kksrcv001@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPMWgZ9f9o8awrQpjo8oxnNQ=bMDVPx00NE0QcDzvHD_ZrdLPw@mail.gmail.com
This became safe after commit 4b4798e138. The smgrcreate() call will
now register the segment for syncing at the next checkpoint, so we
don't need to sync it here. If a checkpoint happens before the
creation is WAL-logged, the records will be replayed when starting
recovery from the checkpoint. If a checkpoint happens after the WAL
logging, the checkpoint will fsync() it.
In the passing, clarify a comment in smgrDoPendingSyncs().
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/6e5bbc08-cdfc-b2b3-9e23-1a914b9850a9%40iki.fi
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
The majority of all filenames are quoted in user facing error and
log messages, but a few were still printed without quotes. While
these filenames do not risk causing any ambiguity as their format
is strict, quote them anyways to be consistent across all logs.
Also concatenate a message to keep it one line to make it easier
to grep for in the code.
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/080EEABE-6645-4A46-AB20-6285ADAC44FE@yesql.se
This reverts commit a0d87bcd9b, following a remark from Andres Frend
that the new error can be triggered with an incorrect SET TRANSACTION
SNAPSHOT command without being really helpful for the user as it uses
the internal file name.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230914020724.hlks7vunitvtbbz4@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch-through: 11
It's entirely possible for a logical slot to have a confirmed_flush LSN
higher than the last value saved on disk while not being marked as dirty.
Currently, it is not a major problem but a later patch adding support for
the upgrade of slots relies on that value being properly flushed to disk.
It can also help avoid processing the same transactions again in some
boundary cases after the clean shutdown and restart. Say, we process
some transactions for which we didn't send anything downstream (the
changes got filtered) but the confirm_flush LSN is updated due to
keepalives. As we don't flush the latest value of confirm_flush LSN, it
may lead to processing the same changes again without this patch.
The approach taken by this patch has been suggested by Ashutosh Bapat.
Author: Vignesh C, Julien Rouhaud, Kuroda Hayato
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Dilip Kumar, Michael Paquier, Ashutosh Bapat, Peter Smith, Hou Zhijie
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JzJagMmb_E8D4au=GYQkxox0AfNBm1FbP7sy7t4YWXPQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB58664C81887B3AF2EB6B16E3F5939@TYAPR01MB5866.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Karina figured out that I (Andres) confused BufferUsage.temp_blks_written with
BufferUsage.local_blks_written in fcdda1e4b5.
Tests in core PG can't easily test this, as BufferUsage is just used for
EXPLAIN (ANALYZE, BUFFERS) and pg_stat_statements. Thus this commit adds tests
for this to pg_stat_statements.
Reported-by: Karina Litskevich <litskevichkarina@gmail.com>
Author: Karina Litskevich <litskevichkarina@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACiT8ibxXA6+0amGikbeFhm8B84XdQVo6D0Qfd1pQ1s8zpsnxQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 16-, where fcdda1e4b5 was merged
When a snapshot file fails to be read in ImportSnapshot(), it would
issue an ERROR as "invalid snapshot identifier" when opening a stream
for it in read-only mode. This error message is reworded to be the same
as all the other messages used in this case on failure, which is useful
when debugging this area.
Thinko introduced by bb446b689b where snapshot imports have been
added. A backpatch down to 11 is done as this can improve any work
related to snapshot imports in older branches.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWmr=3KdxDkm8h7Zn1XxBoF6hdzq8WQyMn2y1OL5RYFrg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
These code paths should not be reached normally, but if they are an
error with "(null)" as information for the collation provider would show
up if no locale is set, while we can assume that we are referring to
libc.
This refactors the code so as the provider is always reported even if no
locale is set. The name of the function where the error happens is
added, while on it, as it can be helpful for debugging.
Issue introduced by d87d548cd0, so backpatch down to 16.
Author: Michael Paquier, Ranier Vilela
Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7073610042fcf97e1bea2ce08b7e0214b5e11094.camel@j-davis.com
Backpatch-through: 16
Both 50e17ad28 and 29f45e299 mistakenly tried to record a plan dependency
on a function but mistakenly inverted the OidIsValid test. This meant
that we'd record a dependency only when the function's Oid was
InvalidOid. Clearly this was meant to *not* record the dependency in
that case.
50e17ad28 made this mistake first, then in v15 29f45e299 copied the same
mistake.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Backpatch-through: 14, where 50e17ad28 first made this mistake
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2277537.1694301772@sss.pgh.pa.us
If an out-of-memory error was thrown at an unfortunate time,
ensure_record_cache_typmod_slot_exists() could leak memory and leave
behind a global state that produced an infinite loop on the next call.
Fix by merging RecordCacheArray and RecordIdentifierArray into a single
array. With only one allocation or re-allocation, there is no
intermediate state.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
Reported-by: "James Pang (chaolpan)" <chaolpan@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/PH0PR11MB519113E738814BDDA702EDADD6EFA%40PH0PR11MB5191.namprd11.prod.outlook.com
Previously, the test relied on a trick with a shell to retrieve the PID
of the psql session to be stopped with SIGINT, that was skipped on
Windows. This commit changes the test to use IPC::Run::signal()
instead, which still does not work on Windows, but for a different
reason: SIGINT would stop the test before finishing.
This should allow the test to run on non-Windows platforms where PPID is
not supported (like NetBSD), spreading it a bit more across the
buildfarm. And the logic of the test is simpler.
It is the first time in the tree that IPC::Run::signal() is used, so, as
a matter of safety (or just call that as me having cold feet), no
backpatch is done, at least for now.
Author: Yugo NAGATA
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230810125935.22c2922ea5250ba79358965b@sraoss.co.jp
This changes 020_cancel.pl so as the test is entirely skipped on
Windows. This test was already doing nothing under WIN32, except
initializing and starting a node without using it so this shaves a few
test cycles.
Author: Yugo NAGATA
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230810125935.22c2922ea5250ba79358965b@sraoss.co.jp
Backpatch-through: 15
The new test added by commit 68a59f9e9 disables the subscription and
manually drops the associated replication slot. However, since
disabling the subsubscription doesn't wait for a walsender to release
the replication slot and exit, pg_drop_replication_slot() could
fail. Avoid failure by adding a wait for the replication slot to
become inactive.
Reported-by: Hou Zhijie, as per buildfarm
Reviewed-by: Hou Zhijie
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB571682316378379AA34854F694E9A%40OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Backpatch-through: 15
generation_counter includes time spent on both JIT:ing expressions
and tuple deforming which are configured independently via options
jit_expressions and jit_tuple_deforming. As they are combined in
the same counter it's not apparent what fraction of time the tuple
deforming takes.
This adds deform_counter dedicated to tuple deforming, which allows
seeing more directly the influence jit_tuple_deforming is having on
the query. The counter is exposed in EXPLAIN and pg_stat_statements
bumpin pg_stat_statements to 1.11.
Author: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220612091253.eegstkufdsu4kfls@erthalion.local
The WAIT_USE_WIN32 implementation of WaitEventSetWait() previously
reported at most one event per call, because that's what the underlying
WaitForMultipleObjects() call does.
We can make the behavior match the three Unix implementations by looping
until our output buffer is full, or there are no more events available
now. This makes no difference to most callers including the regular
FEBE socket code, since they ask for at most one event anyway. A
difference in socket accept priority might be perceived by end users
after commit 7389aad6 started using WaitEventSet in the postmaster.
With this commit, the accept order now matches Unix systems, servicing
listening sockets in round-robin order.
We decided it wasn't really a bug or worth back-patching, but it seems
good to align the behavior across platforms.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier version)
Tested-by: "Wei Wang (Fujitsu)" <wangw.fnst@fujitsu.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BA2dk29hr5zRP3HVJQ-_PncNJM6HVQ7aaYLXLRBZU-xw%40mail.gmail.com
Now that ATExecDropConstraint doesn't recurse anymore, so it's wrong to
test privileges "during recursion" there. Move the check to
dropconstraint_internal, which is the place where recursion occurs.
In passing, remove now-useless 'recursing' argument to
ATExecDropConstraint.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202309051744.y4mndw5gwzhh@alvherre.pgsql
Now that we have catalogued not-null constraints, our information_schema
definition can be updated to grab those rather than fabricate synthetic
definitions.
Note that we still don't have catalog rows for not-null constraints on
domains, but we've never had not-null constraints listed in
information_schema, so that's a problem to be solved separately.
Co-authored-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/81b461c4-edab-5d8c-2f88-203108425340@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202309041710.psytrxlsiqex@alvherre.pgsql
pgbouncer can cause PQbackendPID() to return negative values due to it
filling be_pid with random bytes (even these days pid_max can only be
set up to 2^22 on 64b machines on Linux, for example, so this cannot
happen with normal PID numbers). When this happens, pg_basebackup may
generate a temporary slot name that may not be accepted by the parser,
leading to spurious failures, like:
pg_basebackup: error: could not send replication command
ERROR: replication slot name "pg_basebackup_-1201966863" contains
invalid character
This commit fixes that problem by formatting the result from
PQbackendPID() as an unsigned integer when creating the temporary
replication slot name, so as the invalid character is gone and the
command can be parsed.
Author: Jelte Fennema
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Nishant Sharma
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQQOGvYfp8ziF4fWQ_o8s2K7ppaoWBQnTmdakn3s-4Z=5g@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
Where the test wants a VACUUM command to generate WAL that would
conflict with a session on the standby, it could transiently fail to do
so if it couldn't acquire a cleanup lock conditionally at that moment on
the primary. VACUUM FREEZE will wait, so use that instead.
No back-patch for now, but that will be needed if/when the test is
re-enabled in back-branches.
Suggested-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reported-by: Christoph Berg <myon@debian.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230812210006.ei7tutzwcr5svyt6%40awork3.anarazel.de
We shouldn't be doing non-trivial work in signal handlers in general,
and in this case the handler could reach unsafe code and corrupt state.
It also clobbered its own "reason" code.
Move all recovery conflict decision logic into the next
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(), and have the signal handler just set flags and
the latch, following the standard pattern. Since there are several
different "reasons", use a separate flag for each.
With this refactoring, the recovery conflict system no longer
piggy-backs on top of the regular query cancelation mechanism, but
instead raises an error directly if it decides that is necessary. It
still needs to respect QueryCancelHoldoffCount, because otherwise the
FEBE protocol might get out of sync (see commit 2b3a8b20c2).
This fixes one class of intermittent failure in the new
031_recovery_conflict.pl test added by commit 9f8a050f, though the buggy
coding is much older. Failures outside contrived testing seem to be
very rare (or perhaps incorrectly attributed) in the field, based on
lack of reports.
No back-patch for now due to complexity and release schedule. We have
the option to back-patch into 16 later, as 16 has prerequisite commit
bea3d7e.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> (earlier version)
Tested-by: Christoph Berg <myon@debian.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK3PGKwcKqzoosamn36YW-fsuTdOPPF1i_rtEO%3DnEYKSg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVr8au2J_9D88UfRCi0JdWhyQDDxAcSVav0B0irx9nXEg%40mail.gmail.com
This commit allows specifying a --sync-method in several frontend
utilities that must synchronize many files to disk (initdb,
pg_basebackup, pg_checksums, pg_dump, pg_rewind, and pg_upgrade).
On Linux, users can specify "syncfs" to synchronize the relevant
file systems instead of calling fsync() for every single file. In
many cases, using syncfs() is much faster.
As with recovery_init_sync_method, this new option comes with some
caveats. The descriptions of these caveats have been moved to a
new appendix section in the documentation.
Co-authored-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Thomas Munro, Robert Haas, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210930004340.GM831%40telsasoft.com
This commit adds support for using syncfs() in fsync_pgdata() and
fsync_dir_recurse() (which have been renamed to sync_pgdata() and
sync_dir_recurse()). Like recovery_init_sync_method,
sync_pgdata() calls syncfs() for the data directory, each
tablespace, and pg_wal (if it is a symlink). For now, all of the
frontend utilities that use these support functions are hard-coded
to use fsync(), but a follow-up commit will allow specifying
syncfs().
Co-authored-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210930004340.GM831%40telsasoft.com
This commit renames RecoveryInitSyncMethod to DataDirSyncMethod and
moves it to common/file_utils.h. This is preparatory work for a
follow-up commit that will allow specifying the synchronization
method in frontend utilities such as pg_upgrade and pg_basebackup.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZN2ZB4afQ2JbR9TA%40paquier.xyz
This file is now made of two columns, removing the column listing the
user-visible strings used in the system views and the documentation:
- Enum definitions for each class without the prefix "WAIT_EVENT_", so
as this information can be grepped in the code and wait_event_names.txt
at the same time.
- Description in the documentation.
The wait event names are now generated from the enum objects in
CamelCase, with the underscores removed. The data generated for wait
events is consistent with what was produced by 414f6c0fb7.
This has the advantage to remove WAIT_EVENT_DOCONLY, which was a
placeholder for the wait event types Lock and LWLock as these two only
require the generation of the documentation.
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZOxVHQwEC/9X/p/z@paquier.xyz
The event names use the same case-insensitive characters, hence applying
lower() or upper() to the monitoring queries allows the detection of the
same events as before this change. It is possible to cross-check the
data with the system view pg_wait_events, for instance, with a query
like that showing no differences:
SELECT lower(type), lower(name), description
FROM pg_wait_events ORDER BY 1, 2;
This will help in the introduction of more simplifications in the format
of wait_event_names. Some of the enum values in the code had to be
renamed a bit to follow the same convention naming across the board.
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZOxVHQwEC/9X/p/z@paquier.xyz
Presently, frontend code that needs to use these macros must either
include storage/fd.h, which declares several frontend-unsafe
functions, or duplicate the macros. This commit moves these macros
to common/file_utils.h, which is safe for both frontend and backend
code. Consequently, we can also remove the duplicated macros in
pg_checksums and stop including storage/fd.h in pg_rewind.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZOP5qoUualu5xl2Z%40paquier.xyz
This lock was introduced before memory barrier support was added,
and it is only used to guarantee proper memory ordering when
KnownAssignedXidsAdd() appends to the array without a lock. Now
that such memory barrier support exists, we can remove the lock and
use barriers instead.
Suggested-by: Tom Lane
Author: Michail Nikolaev
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANtu0oh0si%3DjG5z_fLeFtmYcETssQ08kLEa8b6TQqDm_cinroA%40mail.gmail.com
If all the bits of a key in a tsvector are true (marked with ALLISTRUE),
gtsvectorout() would show the following description:
"0 true bits, 0 false bits"
This is confusing, as all the bits are true, but this would be
equivalent to the information if siglen is 0.
This commit improves the output so as "all true bits" show instead in
this case. Alexander has proposed a regression test for pageinspect,
not included here as it is rather expensive compared to its coverage
value.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17950-6c80a8d2b94ec695@postgresql.org
This could lead to an imprecise choice when splitting an index page of a
GiST index on a tsvector, deciding which entries should remain on the
old page and which entries should move to a new page.
This is wrong since tsearch2 has been moved into core with commit
140d4ebcb4, so backpatch all the way down. This error has been
spotted by valgrind.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17950-6c80a8d2b94ec695@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 11
Dropping a database while a connection is attempted on it was able to
lead to the presence of valid database entries in shared statistics.
The issue is that MyDatabaseId was getting set too early than it should,
as, if the connection attempted on the dropped database fails when
renamed or dropped, the shutdown callback of the shared statistics would
finish by re-inserting a correct entry related to the database already
dropped.
As analyzed by the bug reporters, this issue could lead to phantom
entries in the database list maintained by the autovacuum launcher
(in rebuild_database_list()) if the database dropped was part of the
database list when it was still valid. After the database was dropped,
it would remain the highest on the list of databases to considered by
the autovacuum worker as things to process. This would prevent
autovacuum jobs to happen on all the other databases still present.
The commit fixes this issue by delaying setting MyDatabaseId until the
database existence has been re-checked with the second scan on
pg_database after getting a shared lock on it, and by switching
pgstat_update_dbstats() so as nothing happens if MyDatabaseId is not
valid.
Issue introduced by 5891c7a8ed, so backpatch down to 15.
Reported-by: Will Mortensen, Jacob Speidel
Analyzed-by: Will Mortensen, Jacob Speidel
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17973-bca1f7d5c14f601e@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 15
When a partitioned table has a primary key, trying to find the
corresponding not-null constraint for that column would come up empty,
causing code that's trying to check said not-null constraint to crash.
Fix by only running the check when the not-null constraint exists.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d57b4a69-7394-3146-5976-9a1ef27e7972@gmail.com
The comment in heapgettup_advance_block() says that it reports the
scan position before checking for end of scan, but that didn't match
the code. The code was refactored in commit 7ae0ab0ad9, which
inadvertently changed the order of the check and reporting. Change it
back.
This caused a few regression test failures with a small shared_buffers
setting like 10 MB. The 'portals' and 'cluster' tests perform seqscans
that are large enough that sync seqscans kick in. When the sync scan
position is not updated at end of scan, the next seq scan doesn't
start at the beginning of the table, and the test queries are
sensitive to that.
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman, David Rowley
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/6f991389-ae22-d844-a9d8-9aceb7c01a9a@iki.fi
Backpatch-through: 16
There was some confusion in the ObjectProperty entry for transforms.
Some fields had values that were apparently meant for a different
field. Also, some fields were not assigned, which is okay for most
fields, but not for all. In particular, for .oid_catcache_id,
.name_catcache_id, and .objtype, zero is a valid value, so we need to
use -1 if not applicable. It has apparently been like that from the
very beginning (commit cac7658205). The faulty values were not
actually reachable, so it's not a big problem in practice, but we
should make it correct.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/75ae5875-3abc-dafc-8aec-73247ed41cde@eisentraut.org
The code is able to compile already without warnings under
-Wshadow=compatible-local, which is itself already enabled in the tree,
and the ones fixed here showed up with the more restrictive -Wshadow.
There are more of these that we may want to look at, and the ones fixed
here made the code confusing.
Author: Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PuR0y4ofNOxi691VTVWmBfScHV9AaBMGSpeh8+DKp81Nw@mail.gmail.com
Unlike the other pg_stat_get_backend* functions,
pg_stat_get_backend_subxact() looks up the backend entry by using
its integer argument as a 1-based index in an internal array. The
other functions look for the entry with the matching session
backend ID. These numbers often match, but that isn't reliably
true.
This commit resolves this discrepancy by introducing
pgstat_get_local_beentry_by_backend_id() and using it in
pg_stat_get_backend_subxact(). We cannot use
pgstat_get_beentry_by_backend_id() because it returns a
PgBackendStatus, which lacks the locally computed additions
available in LocalPgBackendStatus that are required by
pg_stat_get_backend_subxact().
Author: Ian Barwick
Reviewed-by: Sami Imseih, Michael Paquier, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ%3Dj-ACb3H4L9a_b3ZG3iCYDW5aEu3WsPAzkm2S7JzS1Few%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
Presently, pgstat_fetch_stat_beentry() accepts a session's backend
ID as its argument, and pgstat_fetch_stat_local_beentry() accepts a
1-based index in an internal array as its argument. The former is
typically used wherever a user must provide a backend ID, and the
latter is usually used internally when looping over all entries in
the array. This difference was first introduced by d7e39d72ca.
Before that commit, both functions accepted a 1-based index to the
internal array.
This commit renames these two functions to make it clear whether
they use the backend ID or the 1-based index to look up the entry.
This is preparatory work for a follow-up change that will introduce
a function for looking up a LocalPgBackendStatus using a backend
ID.
Reviewed-by: Ian Barwick, Sami Imseih, Michael Paquier, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ%3Dj-ACb3H4L9a_b3ZG3iCYDW5aEu3WsPAzkm2S7JzS1Few%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
Previously when client was aborted due to some error during
benchmarking, other clients continued their run until certain number
of transactions specified -t was reached or the time specified by -T
was expired. At the end, the results are printed with caution: "Run
was aborted; the above results are incomplete" shows.
New option "--exit-on-abort" allows pgbench to exit immediately in
this case so that users could quickly fix the cause of the failure and
try again another round of benchmarking.
Author: Yugo Nagata
Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO, Tatsuo Ishii
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/20230804130325.df32e60879c38c92bca64207%40sraoss.co.jp
nFreeBlocks, defined as a long, stores the number of free blocks in a
logical tape. ltsGetFreeBlock() has been using an int to store the
value of nFreeBlocks, which could lead to overflows on platforms where
long and int are not the same size (in short everything except Windows
where long is 4 bytes).
The problematic intermediate variable is switched to be a long instead
of an int.
Issue introduced by c02fdc9223, so backpatch down to 13.
Author: Ranier vilela
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQApLDWCBR_xmwNjGBrDo+f+S4E87x3s7-+hoaKqYdtC4JQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13
It makes no sense to add a NO INHERIT not-null constraint to a child
table that already has one in that column inherited from its parent.
Disallow that, and add tests for the relevant cases.
Per complaint from Kyotaro Horiguchi. I also used part of his proposed
patch.
Co-authored-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230828.161658.1184657435220765047.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
The logical_replication_mode GUC is intended for testing and debugging
purposes, but its current name may be misleading and encourage users to make
unnecessary changes.
To avoid confusion, renaming the GUC to a less misleading name
debug_logical_replication_streaming that casual users are less likely to mistakenly
assume needs to be modified in a regular logical replication setup.
Author: Hou Zhijie <houzj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith <smithpb2250@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d672d774-c44b-6fec-f993-793e744f169a%40eisentraut.org
When running a repeat query with \watch in psql, it can be
helpful to be able to stop the watch process when the query
no longer returns the expected amount of rows. An example
would be to watch for the presence of a certain event in
pg_stat_activity and stopping when the event is no longer
present, or to watch an index creation and stop when the
index is created.
This adds a min_rows=MIN parameter to \watch which can be
set to a non-negative integer, and the watch query will
stop executing when it returns less than MIN rows.
Author: Greg Sabino Mullane <htamfids@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKAnmmKStATuddYxP71L+p0DHtp9Rvjze3XRoy0Dyw67VQ45UA@mail.gmail.com
While there are numerous instances of using "power of 2" in the code,
translated user-facing messages use "power of two". Fix two instances
which used "power of 2" instead.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230829.175615.682972421946735863.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
After commit b0bea38705, syslogger prints 63 warnings about failing to
close a listen socket at postmaster startup. That's because the
syslogger process forks before the ListenSockets array is initialized,
so ClosePostmasterPorts() calls "close(0)" 64 times. The first call
succeeds, because fd 0 is stdin.
This has been like this since commit 9a86f03b4e in version 13, which
moved the SysLogger_Start() call to before initializing ListenSockets.
We just didn't notice until commit b0bea38705 added the LOG message.
Reported by Michael Paquier and Jeff Janes.
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ZOvvuQe0rdj2slA9%40paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ZO0fgDwVw2SUJiZx@paquier.xyz#482670177eb4eaf4c9f03c1eed963e5f
Backpatch-through: 13
Since its introduction in 10074651e3, pg_promote() has been returning
a false status in three cases:
- SIGUSR1 not sent to the postmaster process.
- Postmaster death during standby promotion.
- Standby not promoted within the specified wait time.
An application calling this function will have a hard time understanding
what a false state returned actually means.
Per discussion, this switches the two first states to fail rather than
return a "false" status, making the second case more consistent with the
existing CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS in the wait loop. False is only returned
when the promotion is not completed within the specified time (60s by
default).
Author: Ashutosh Sharma
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao, Laurenz Albe, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE9k0P=QTrwptL0t4J0fuBRDDjgsT-0PVKd-ikd96i1hyL7Bcg@mail.gmail.com
Make the primary messages more compact and make the detail messages
uniform. In initdb.c and pg_resetwal.c, use the newish
option_parse_int() to simplify some of the option parsing. For the
backend GUC wal_segment_size, add a GUC check hook to do the
verification instead of coding it in bootstrap.c. This might be
overkill, but that way the check is in the right place and it becomes
more self-documenting.
In passing, make pg_controldata use the logging API for warning
messages.
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/9939aa8a-d7be-da2c-7715-0a0b5535a1f7@eisentraut.org
OpenSSL in FIPS mode rejects several encrypted private keys used in
the test suites ssl and ssl_passphrase_callback. This is because they
are in a "traditional" OpenSSL format that uses MD5 for key
generation. The fix is to convert them to the more standard PKCS#8
format that uses SHA1 for key derivation.
This commit contains the converted keys, with the conversion done like
this:
openssl pkcs8 -topk8 -in src/test/modules/ssl_passphrase_callback/server.key -passin pass:FooBaR1 -out src/test/modules/ssl_passphrase_callback/server.key.new -passout pass:FooBaR1
mv src/test/modules/ssl_passphrase_callback/server.key.new src/test/modules/ssl_passphrase_callback/server.key
etc., as well as updated build rules to generate the keys in the new
format if they need to be regenerated.
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion <jchampion@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/64de784b-8833-e055-3bd4-7420e6675351%40eisentraut.org
Interval values now generate an error when the user has multiple
consecutive units or a unit without a value. Previously, it was
possible to specify multiple units consecutively which is contrary to
what the documentation allows, so it was possible to finish with
confusing interval values.
This is a follow-up of the work done in 165d581f14.
Author: Joseph Koshakow
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Gurjeet Singh, Reid Thompson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHd-yNO+XYnUxL=GaNZ1n+eE0V-oE0+-cC1jdjdU0KS3iw@mail.gmail.com
This commit Restrict the unit "ago" to only appear at the end of the
interval. According to the documentation, a direction can only be
defined at the end of an interval, but it was possible to define it in
the middle of the string or define it multiple times.
In spirit, this is similar to the error handling improvements done in
5b3c595355 or bcc704b524.
Author: Joseph Koshakow
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Gurjeet Singh, Reid Thompson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHd-yNO+XYnUxL=GaNZ1n+eE0V-oE0+-cC1jdjdU0KS3iw@mail.gmail.com
This commit removes some dead code related to the unit type RESERV,
whose last use has been removed from the unit lookup table used for
intervals ("deltatktbl" in datetime.c) in 666cbae16d. Before that,
RESERV was used as an equivalent of "invalid", but that's now
unreachable.
Author: Joseph Koshakow
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Gurjeet Singh, Reid Thompson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHd-yNO+XYnUxL=GaNZ1n+eE0V-oE0+-cC1jdjdU0KS3iw@mail.gmail.com
This commit switches query jumbling so as prepared statement names are
treated as constants in DeallocateStmt. A boolean field is added to
DeallocateStmt to make a distinction between ALL and named prepared
statements, as "name" was used to make this difference before, NULL
meaning DEALLOCATE ALL.
Prior to this commit, DEALLOCATE was not tracked in pg_stat_statements,
for the reason that it was not possible to treat its name parameter as a
constant. Now that query jumbling applies to all the utility nodes,
this reason does not apply anymore.
Like 638d42a3c5, this can be a huge advantage for monitoring where
prepared statement names are randomly generated, preventing bloat in
pg_stat_statements. A couple of tests are added to track the new
behavior.
Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZMhT9kNtJJsHw6jK@paquier.xyz
Adding an extra LOG for connections that have not set an authn ID, like
when the "trust" authentication method is used, is useful for audit
purposes.
A couple of TAP tests for SSL and authentication need to be tweaked to
adapt to this new LOG generated, as some scenarios expected no logs but
they now get a hit.
Reported-by: Shaun Thomas
Author: Jacob Champion
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFdbL1N7-GF-ZXKaB3XuGA+CkSmnjFvqb8hgjMnDfd+uhL2u-A@mail.gmail.com
We now create contype='n' pg_constraint rows for not-null constraints.
We propagate these constraints to other tables during operations such as
adding inheritance relationships, creating and attaching partitions and
creating tables LIKE other tables. We also spawn not-null constraints
for inheritance child tables when their parents have primary keys.
These related constraints mostly follow the well-known rules of
conislocal and coninhcount that we have for CHECK constraints, with some
adaptations: for example, as opposed to CHECK constraints, we don't
match not-null ones by name when descending a hierarchy to alter it,
instead matching by column name that they apply to. This means we don't
require the constraint names to be identical across a hierarchy.
For now, we omit them for system catalogs. Maybe this is worth
reconsidering. We don't support NOT VALID nor DEFERRABLE clauses
either; these can be added as separate features later (this patch is
already large and complicated enough.)
psql shows these constraints in \d+.
pg_dump requires some ad-hoc hacks, particularly when dumping a primary
key. We now create one "throwaway" not-null constraint for each column
in the PK together with the CREATE TABLE command, and once the PK is
created, all those throwaway constraints are removed. This avoids
having to check each tuple for nullness when the dump restores the
primary key creation.
pg_upgrading from an older release requires a somewhat brittle procedure
to create a constraint state that matches what would be created if the
database were being created fresh in Postgres 17. I have tested all the
scenarios I could think of, and it works correctly as far as I can tell,
but I could have neglected weird cases.
This patch has been very long in the making. The first patch was
written by Bernd Helmle in 2010 to add a new pg_constraint.contype value
('n'), which I (Álvaro) then hijacked in 2011 and 2012, until that one
was killed by the realization that we ought to use contype='c' instead:
manufactured CHECK constraints. However, later SQL standard
development, as well as nonobvious emergent properties of that design
(mostly, failure to distinguish them from "normal" CHECK constraints as
well as the performance implication of having to test the CHECK
expression) led us to reconsider this choice, so now the current
implementation uses contype='n' again. During Postgres 16 this had
already been introduced by commit e056c557ae, but there were some
problems mainly with the pg_upgrade procedure that couldn't be fixed in
reasonable time, so it was reverted.
In 2016 Vitaly Burovoy also worked on this feature[1] but found no
consensus for his proposed approach, which was claimed to be closer to
the letter of the standard, requiring an additional pg_attribute column
to track the OID of the not-null constraint for that column.
[1] https://postgr.es/m/CAKOSWNkN6HSyatuys8xZxzRCR-KL1OkHS5-b9qd9bf1Rad3PLA@mail.gmail.com
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Bernd Helmle <mailings@oopsware.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
Commit 2a8b40e36 introduces the worker type field for logical replication
workers, but forgot to reset the type when the worker exits. This can lead
to recognizing a stopped worker as a valid logical replication worker.
Fix it by resetting the worker type and additionally adding the safeguard
to not use LogicalRepWorker until ->in_use is verified.
Reported-by: Thomas Munro based on cfbot reports.
Author: Hou Zhijie, Alvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGK2RQh4LifVgBmkHsCYChP-65UwGXOmnCzYVa5aAt4GWg@mail.gmail.com
When running all (or just many) of our tests, a significant portion of both
CPU time and IO is spent running initdb. Most of those initdb runs don't
specify any options influencing properties of the created data directory.
Avoid most of that overhead by creating a "template" data directory, alongside
the temporary installation. Instead of running initdb, pg_regress and tap
tests can copy that data directory. When a tap test specifies options to
initdb, the template data directory is not used. That could be relaxed for
some options, but it's not clear it's worth the effort.
There unfortunately is some duplication between pg_regress.c and Cluster.pm,
but there are no easy ways of sharing that code without introducing additional
complexity.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220120021859.3zpsfqn4z7ob7afz@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit 7b378237aa added a status message to pg_upgrade that is 60
characters wide. Since the MESSAGE_WIDTH macro is currently set to
60, there is no space between this new status message and the "ok"
or "failed" indicator appended when the step completes. To fix
this problem, this commit increases the value of MESSAGE_WIDTH to
62.
Suggested-by: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVVvk1cYLtWVxHv%3DZ1Ubq%3DUES9fhKbUU4c9k4W%2BfEDnbw%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
Revalidation of a plancache entry (after a cache invalidation event)
requires acquiring a snapshot. Normally that is harmless, but not
if the cached statement is one that needs to run without acquiring a
snapshot. We were already aware of that for TransactionStmts,
but for some reason hadn't extrapolated to the other statements that
PlannedStmtRequiresSnapshot() knows mustn't set a snapshot. This can
lead to unexpected failures of commands such as SET TRANSACTION
ISOLATION LEVEL. We can fix it in the same way, by excluding those
command types from revalidation.
However, we can do even better than that: there is no need to
revalidate for any statement type for which parse analysis, rewrite,
and plan steps do nothing interesting, which is nearly all utility
commands. To mechanize this, invent a parser function
stmt_requires_parse_analysis() that tells whether parse analysis does
anything beyond wrapping a CMD_UTILITY Query around the raw parse
tree. If that's what it does, then rewrite and plan will just
skip the Query, so that it is not possible for the same raw parse
tree to produce a different plan tree after cache invalidation.
stmt_requires_parse_analysis() is basically equivalent to the
existing function analyze_requires_snapshot(), except that for
obscure reasons that function omits ReturnStmt and CallStmt.
It is unclear whether those were oversights or intentional.
I have not been able to demonstrate a bug from not acquiring a
snapshot while analyzing these commands, but at best it seems mighty
fragile. It seems safer to acquire a snapshot for parse analysis of
these commands too, which allows making stmt_requires_parse_analysis
and analyze_requires_snapshot equivalent.
In passing this fixes a second bug, which is that ResetPlanCache
would exclude ReturnStmts and CallStmts from revalidation.
That's surely *not* safe, since they contain parsable expressions.
Per bug #18059 from Pavel Kulakov. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18059-79c692f036b25346@postgresql.org
This code is insufficiently covered by tests, so add a few small test
cases to immortalize its behavior before it gets rewritten completely by
the project to catalog NOT NULL constraints.
It's good hygiene if e.g. an extension launches a subprogram when
being loaded. We went through some effort to close them in the child
process in EXEC_BACKEND mode, but it's better to not hand them down to
the child process in the first place. We still need to close them
after fork when !EXEC_BACKEND, but it's a little simpler.
In the passing, LOG a message if closing the client connection or
listen socket fails. Shouldn't happen, but if it does, would be nice
to know.
Reviewed-by: Tristan Partin, Andres Freund, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/7a59b073-5b5b-151e-7ed3-8b01ff7ce9ef@iki.fi
Having argument names makes it easier to understand how to use the
aggregate functions when inspecting them with \dfa or similar.
Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Jim Jones <jim.jones@uni-muenster.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/877cw3jl8y.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
The SnapBuildRestoreContents() used a const value in the error message to
indicate the size in bytes it was expecting to read from the serialized
snapshot file. Fix it by reporting the size that was actually passed.
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 16
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB5716D408364F7DF32221C08D941FA@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
The meson build scripts attempt to find files left over from configure
and fail, mentioning that "make maintainer-clean" should be run to remove
these. This seems to have been done for files generated from configure.
pg_config_paths.h is generated during the actual make build, so seems to
have been missed. This would result in compilation using the wrong
pg_config_paths.h file.
Here we just add this file to generated_sources_ac so that meson errors
out if pg_config_paths.h exists.
Likely this wasn't noticed before because make maintainer-clean will
remove pg_config_paths.h, however, people using the MSVC build scripts
are more likely to run into issues and they have to manually remove
these files and pg_config_paths.h wasn't listed as a conflicting file to
remove in the meson log.
Backpatch-through: 16, where meson support was added
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqjYOxZfmLKAOWKFEE7LOr9_E6UA6YNmx9r8nxStcS3gg@mail.gmail.com
See prior commit for an explanation for the goal of the change and why it had
to be split into two commits.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230808021541.7lbzdefvma7qmn3w@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 15-, where CI support was added
getprotobyname returns undefined on some CI machines. It's not clear
why. The code overall still works, but it raises a warning.
In PostgreSQL C code, we always call socket() with 0 for the protocol
argument, so we should be able to do the same in Perl (since the Perl
documentation says that the arguments of the socket function are the
same as in C). So do that, to avoid the issue.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/06f899fd-1826-05ab-42d6-adeb1fd5e200%40eisentraut.org
This commit introduces functions for converting numbers to their
equivalent binary and octal representations. Also, the base
conversion code for these functions and to_hex() has been moved to
a common helper function.
Co-authored-by: Eric Radman
Reviewed-by: Ian Barwick, Dag Lem, Vignesh C, Tom Lane, Peter Eisentraut, Kirk Wolak, Vik Fearing, John Naylor, Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y6IyTQQ/TsD5wnsH%40vm3.eradman.com
Some of the ambuildempty functions used smgrwrite() directly, followed
by smgrimmedsync(). A few small problems with that:
Firstly, one is supposed to use smgrextend() when extending a
relation, not smgrwrite(). It doesn't make much difference in
production builds. smgrextend() updates the relation size cache, so
you miss that, but that's harmless because we never use the cached
relation size of an init fork. But if you compile with
CHECK_WRITE_VS_EXTEND, you get an assertion failure.
Secondly, the smgrwrite() calls were performed before WAL-logging, so
the page image written to disk had 0/0 as the LSN, not the LSN of the
WAL record. That's also harmless in practice, but seems sloppy.
Thirdly, it's better to use the buffer cache, because then you don't
need to smgrimmedsync() the relation to disk, which adds latency.
Bypassing the cache makes sense for bulk operations like index
creation, but not when you're just initializing an empty index.
Creation of unlogged tables is hardly performance bottleneck in any
real world applications, but nevertheless.
Backpatch to v16, but no further. These issues should be harmless in
practice, so better to not rock the boat in older branches.
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/6e5bbc08-cdfc-b2b3-9e23-1a914b9850a9@iki.fi
The new_cluster parameter in check_for_new_tablespace_dir was
shadowing the globally defined new_cluster variable, causing
compiler warnings when running with -Wshadow. The function is
only applicable to the new cluster, so remove the parameter
rather than rename to match check_new_cluster_is_empty which
also only applies to the new cluster.
Author: Peter Smith <peter.b.smith@fujitsu.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PvS_PHLntWy1yTgXv0O1tWm4iVcKBQFzpoQRDsm2Ce_Fg@mail.gmail.com
This commit introduces descriptively-named macros for the
identifiers used in wire protocol messages. These new macros are
placed in a new header file so that they can be easily used by
third-party code.
Author: Dave Cramer
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Tatsuo Ishii, Peter Smith, Robert Haas, Tom Lane, Peter Eisentraut, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADK3HHKbBmK-PKf1bPNFoMC%2BoBt%2BpD9PH8h5nvmBQskEHm-Ehw%40mail.gmail.com
Commit 31966b15 invented a way for functions dealing with relation
extension to accept a Relation in online code and an SMgrRelation in
recovery code. It seems highly likely that future bufmgr.c interfaces
will face the same problem, and need to do something similar.
Generalize the names so that each interface doesn't have to re-invent
the wheel.
Back-patch to 16. Since extension AM authors might start using the
constructor macros once 16 ships, we agreed to do the rename in 16
rather than waiting for 17.
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2B6tLD2BhpRWycEoti6LVLyQq457UL4ticP5xd8LqHySA%40mail.gmail.com
Attribute missing values might be needed past the lifetime of the tuple
descriptors from which they are extracted. To avoid possibly using
pointers for by-reference values which might thus be left dangling, we
cache a datumCopy'd version of the datum in the TopMemoryContext. Since
we first search for the value this only needs to be done once per
session for any such value.
Original complaint from Tom Lane, idea for mitigation by Andrew Dunstan,
tweaked by Tom Lane.
Backpatch to version 11 where missing values were introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1306569.1687978174@sss.pgh.pa.us
This commit fixes the function of $subject for shared relations. This
feature has been added by e042678. Unfortunately, this new behavior got
removed by 5891c7a when moving statistics to shared memory.
Reported-by: Mitsuru Hinata
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7cc69f863d9b1bc677544e3accd0e4b4@oss.nttdata.com
Backpatch-through: 15
This new view, wrapped around a SRF, shows some information known about
wait events, as of:
- Name.
- Type (Activity, I/O, Extension, etc.).
- Description.
All the information retrieved comes from wait_event_names.txt, and the
description is the same as the documentation with filters applied to
remove any XML markups. This view is useful when joined with
pg_stat_activity to get the description of a wait event reported.
Custom wait events for extensions are included in the view.
Original idea by Yves Colin.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Masahiro Ikeda, Tom Lane, Michael
Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0e2ae164-dc89-03c3-cf7f-de86378053ac@gmail.com
A significant chunk of the time on the macos CI task is spent installing
packages using homebrew. The downloads of the packages are cached, but the
installation needs to happen every time. We can't cache the whole homebrew
installation, because it is too large due to pre-installed packages.
Speed this up by installing packages using macports and caching the
installation as .dmg. That's a lot faster than unpacking a tarball.
In addition, don't install llvm - it wasn't enabled when building, so it's
just a waste of time/space.
This substantially speeds up the mac CI time, both in the cold cache and in
the warm cache case (the latter from ~1m20s to ~5s).
It doesn't seem great to have diverging sources of packages for CI between
branches, so backpatch to 15 (where CI was added).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230805202539.r3umyamsnctysdc7@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 15-, where CI was added
The OAT hooks are added in ALTER TABLE for the following subcommands:
- { ENABLE | DISABLE | [NO] FORCE } ROW LEVEL SECURITY
- { ENABLE | DISABLE } TRIGGER
- { ENABLE | DISABLE } RULE. Note that there was hook for pg_rewrite,
but not for relation ALTER'ed in pg_class.
Tests are added to test_oat_hook for all the subcommand patterns gaining
hooks here. Based on an ask from Legs Mansion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/tencent_083B3850655AC6EE04FA0A400766D3FE8309@qq.com
The source code comment already said that the presence of the field
element_types.domain_default might be a bug in the standard, since it
never made sense there. Indeed, the field is gone in newer versions
of the standard. So just remove it.
Previously, if a specialized comparator found equal datum1 keys,
the "comparetup" function would repeat the comparison on the
datum before proceeding with the unabbreviated first key
and/or additional sort keys.
Move comparing additional sort keys into "tiebreak" functions so
that specialized comparators can call these directly if needed,
avoiding duplicate work.
Reviewed by David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsGaVfUrjTghpf%3DkDBYY%3DjWx1PN-fuusVe7Vw5s0XqGdGw%40mail.gmail.com
This was disabled in commit 6f80a8d9c due to the lack of support for
handling of pseudoconstant quals assigned to replaced joins in
createplan.c. To re-allow it, this patch adds the support by 1)
modifying the ForeignPath and CustomPath structs so that if they
represent foreign and custom scans replacing a join with a scan, they
store the list of RestrictInfo nodes to apply to the join, as in
JoinPaths, and by 2) modifying create_scan_plan() in createplan.c so
that it uses that list in that case, instead of the baserestrictinfo
list, to get pseudoconstant quals assigned to the join, as mentioned in
the commit message for that commit.
Important item for the release notes: this is non-backwards-compatible
since it modifies the ForeignPath and CustomPath structs, as mentioned
above, and changes the argument lists for FDW helper functions
create_foreignscan_path(), create_foreign_join_path(), and
create_foreign_upper_path().
Richard Guo, with some additional changes by me, reviewed by Nishant
Sharma, Suraj Kharage, and Richard Guo.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADrsxdbcN1vejBaf8a%2BQhrZY5PXL-04mCd4GDu6qm6FigDZd6Q%40mail.gmail.com
Commit b91dd9de was concerned with a theoretical problem with our
non-atomic condition variable operations. If you stop sleeping, and
then cancel the sleep in a separate step, you might be signaled in
between, and that could be lost. That doesn't matter for callers of
ConditionVariableBroadcast(), but callers of ConditionVariableSignal()
might be upset if a signal went missing like this.
Commit bc971f4025 interacted badly with that logic, because it doesn't
use ConditionVariableSleep(), which would normally put us back in the
wait list. ConditionVariableCancelSleep() would be confused and think
we'd received an extra signal, and try to forward it to another backend,
resulting in wakeup storms.
New idea: ConditionVariableCancelSleep() can just return true if we've
been signaled. Hypothetical users of ConditionVariableSignal() would
then still have a way to deal with rare lost signals if they are
concerned about that problem.
Back-patch to 16, where bc971f4025 arrived.
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2840876b-4cfe-240f-0a7e-29ffd66711e7%40enterprisedb.com
The new relation extension logic, introduced in 00d1e02be2, could lead to
slowdowns in some scenarios. E.g., when loading narrow rows into a table using
COPY, the caller of RelationGetBufferForTuple() will only request a small
number of pages. Without concurrency, we just extended using pwritev() in that
case. However, if there is *some* concurrency, we switched between extending
by a small number of pages and a larger number of pages, depending on the
number of waiters for the relation extension logic. However, some
filesystems, XFS in particular, do not perform well when switching between
extending files using fallocate() and pwritev().
To avoid that issue, remember the number of prior relation extensions in
BulkInsertState and extend more aggressively if there were prior relation
extensions. That not just avoids the aforementioned slowdown, but also leads
to noticeable performance gains in other situations, primarily due to
extending more aggressively when there is no concurrency. I should have done
it this way from the get go.
Reported-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDvDmUQeJtZrau1ovnT_smN940=Kp6mszNGK3bq9yRN6g@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 16-, where the new relation extension code was added
Currently, the names of the custom wait event must be registered for
each backend, requiring all these to link to the shared memory area of
an extension, even if these are not loaded with
shared_preload_libraries.
This patch relaxes the constraints related to this infrastructure by
storing the wait events and their names in two dynamic hash tables in
shared memory. This has the advantage to simplify the registration of
custom wait events to a single routine call that returns an event ID
ready for consumption:
uint32 WaitEventExtensionNew(const char *wait_event_name);
The caller of this routine can then cache locally the ID returned, to be
used for pgstat_report_wait_start(), WaitLatch() or a similar routine.
The implementation uses two hash tables: one with a key based on the
event name to avoid duplicates and a second using the event ID as key
for event lookups, like on pg_stat_activity. These tables can hold a
minimum of 16 entries, and a maximum of 128 entries, which should be plenty
enough.
The code changes done in worker_spi show how things are simplified (most
of the code removed in this commit comes from there):
- worker_spi_init() is gone.
- No more shared memory hooks required (size requested and
initialization).
- The custom wait event ID is cached in the process that needs to set
it, with one single call to WaitEventExtensionNew() to retrieve it.
Per suggestion from Andres Freund.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda, with a few tweaks from me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230801032349.aaiuvhtrcvvcwzcx@awork3.anarazel.de
We deduce a LogicalRepWorker's type from the values of several different
fields ('relid' and 'leader_pid') whenever logic needs to know it.
In fact, the logical replication worker type is already known at the time
of launching the LogicalRepWorker and it never changes for the lifetime of
that process. Instead of deducing the type, it is simpler to just store it
one time, and access it directly thereafter.
Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PttPSuP0yoZ=9zLDXKqTJ=d0bhxwKaEaNcaym1XqcvDEg@mail.gmail.com
pg_logical_emit_message(false, '_', repeat('x', 1069547465)) failed with
self-contradictory message "WAL record would be 1069547520 bytes (of
maximum 1069547520 bytes)". There's no particular benefit from allowing
or denying one byte in either direction; XLogRecordMaxSize could rise a
few megabytes without trouble. Hence, this is just for cleanliness.
Back-patch to v16, where this check first appeared.
This relies on the "location" field added to TransactionStmt in 31de7e6,
now applied to the "gid" field used by 2PC commands. These commands are
now reported like:
COMMIT PREPARED $1
PREPARE TRANSACTION $1
ROLLBACK PREPARED $1
Applying constants for these commands is a huge advantage for workloads
that rely a lot on 2PC commands with different GIDs. Some tests are
added to track the new behavior.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZMhT9kNtJJsHw6jK@paquier.xyz
Store function config settings in lists to avoid the need to parse and
allocate for each function execution.
Speedup is modest but significant. Additionally, this change also
seems cleaner and supports some other performance improvements under
discussion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/04c8592dbd694e4114a3ed87139a7a04e4363030.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
The fix itself is fine, but the test revealed other problems related
to parallel query that are not easily fixable. Remove the test for
now to fix the buildfarm.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/88825.1691665432@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch-through: 11
Commit 19d8e2308b changed the list of set-of-columns that can be
returned by RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap, but didn't update its
"documentation". That was pretty hard to read already, so rewrite to
make it more comprehensible, adding the missing values while at it.
Backpatch to 16, like that commit.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230809091155.7c7f3gttjk3dj4ze@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
As with the Intel and Arm CRC instructions, compiler intrinsics for
them must be supported by the compiler. In contrast, no runtime check
is needed. Aligned memory access is faster, so use the Arm coding as
a model.
YANG Xudong
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b522a0c5-e3b2-99cc-6387-58134fb88cbe%40ymatrix.cn
In-place tablespaces would be dumped with the path produced by
pg_tablespace_location(), which is in this case a relative path built as
pg_tblspc/OID, but this would fail to restore as such tablespaces need
to use an empty string as location. In order to detect if an in-place
tablespace is used, this commit checks if the path returned is relative
and adapts the dump contents in consequence.
Like the other changes related to in-place tablespaces, no backpatch is
done as these are only intended for development purposes. Rui Zhao has
fixed the code, while the test is from me.
Author: Rui Zhao, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/80c80b4a-b87b-456f-bd46-1ae326601d79.xiyuan.zr@alibaba-inc.com
fa88928 has introduced wait_event_names.txt, and some of its entries had
some documentation fields with more information than necessary.
This commit brings back the description of all the wait events to be
consistent with the older stable branches. Five descriptions were
incorrect.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e378989e-1899-643a-dec1-10f691a0a105@gmail.com
Substituting such values in extension scripts facilitated SQL injection
when @extowner@, @extschema@, or @extschema:...@ appeared inside a
quoting construct (dollar quoting, '', or ""). No bundled extension was
vulnerable. Vulnerable uses do appear in a documentation example and in
non-bundled extensions. Hence, the attack prerequisite was an
administrator having installed files of a vulnerable, trusted,
non-bundled extension. Subject to that prerequisite, this enabled an
attacker having database-level CREATE privilege to execute arbitrary
code as the bootstrap superuser. By blocking this attack in the core
server, there's no need to modify individual extensions. Back-patch to
v11 (all supported versions).
Reported by Micah Gate, Valerie Woolard, Tim Carey-Smith, and Christoph
Berg.
Security: CVE-2023-39417
The use of Memoize was already disabled in normal joins when the join
conditions had volatile functions per the code in
match_opclause_to_indexcol(). Ordinarily, the parameterization for the
inner side of a nested loop will be an Index Scan or at least eventually
lead to an index scan (perhaps nested several joins deep). However, for
lateral joins, that's not the case and seq scans can be parameterized
too, so we can't rely on match_opclause_to_indexcol().
Here we explicitly check the parameterization for volatile functions and
don't consider the generation of a Memoize path when such functions
are present.
Author: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs49nHFnHbpepLsv_yF3qkpCS4BdB-v8HoJVv8_=Oat0u_w@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 14, where Memoize was introduced
If MERGE executes an UPDATE action on a table with row-level security,
the code incorrectly applied the WITH CHECK clauses from the target
table's INSERT policies to new rows, instead of the clauses from the
table's UPDATE policies. In addition, it failed to check new rows
against the target table's SELECT policies, if SELECT permissions were
required (likely to always be the case).
In addition, if MERGE executes a DO NOTHING action for matched rows,
the code incorrectly applied the USING clauses from the target table's
DELETE policies to existing target tuples. These policies were applied
as checks that would throw an error, if they did not pass.
Fix this, so that a MERGE UPDATE action applies the same RLS policies
as a plain UPDATE query with a WHERE clause, and a DO NOTHING action
does not apply any RLS checks (other than adding clauses from SELECT
policies to the join).
Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Stephen Frost.
Security: CVE-2023-39418
If we define ZLIB_CONST before including zlib.h, zlib augments some
interfaces with const decorations. By doing that we can keep our own
interfaces cleaner and can remove some unconstify calls.
ZLIB_CONST was introduced in zlib 1.2.5.2 (17 Dec 2011). When
compiling with older zlib releases, you might now get compiler
warnings about discarding qualifiers.
CentOS 6 has zlib 1.2.3, but in 8e278b6576, we removed support for the
OpenSSL release in CentOS 6, so it seems ok to de-support the zlib
release in CentOS 6 as well.
Reviewed-by: Tristan Partin <tristan@neon.tech>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/33462926-bb1e-7cc9-8d92-d86318e8ed1d%40eisentraut.org
The code in join_search_one_level was a bit convoluted. With a casual
glance, you might think that other_rels_list was being set to something
other than joinrels[1] when level == 2, however, joinrels[level - 1] is
joinrels[1] when level == 2, so nothing special needs to happen to set
other_rels_list. Let's clean that up to avoid confusing anyone.
In passing, we may as well modernize the loop in
make_rels_by_clause_joins() and instead of passing in the ListCell to
start looping from, let's just pass in the index where to start from and
make use of for_each_from(). Ever since 1cff1b95a, Lists are arrays
under the hood. lnext() and list_head() both seem a little too linked-list
like.
Author: Alex Hsieh, David Rowley, Richard Guo
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANWNU8x9P9aCXGF%3DaT-A_8mLTAT0LkcZ_ySYrGbcuHzMQw2-1g%40mail.gmail.com
This test was recently added in 3900a02c9. It appears to be unstable in
regards to the join order presumably due to the relations at either side
of the join being equal in side. Here we add a qual to make one of them
smaller so the planner is more likely to choose to hash the smaller of the
two.
Reported-by: Nathan Bossart, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://www.postgr.es/m/20230803235403.GC1238296@nathanxps13
Here we adjust the costs for WindowAggs so that they properly take into
account how much of their subnode they must read before outputting the
first row. Without this, we always assumed that the startup cost for the
WindowAgg was not much more expensive than the startup cost of its
subnode, however, that's going to be completely wrong in many cases. The
WindowAgg may have to read *all* of its subnode to output a single row
with certain window bound options.
Here we estimate how many rows we'll need to read from the WindowAgg's
subnode and proportionally add more of the subnode's run costs onto the
WindowAgg's startup costs according to how much of it we expect to have to
read in order to produce the first WindowAgg row.
The reason this is more important than we might have initially thought is
that we may end up making use of a path from the lower planner that works
well as a cheap startup plan when the query has a LIMIT clause, however,
the WindowAgg might mean we need to read far more rows than what the LIMIT
specifies.
No backpatch on this so as not to cause plan changes in released
versions.
Bug: #17862
Reported-by: Tim Palmer
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17862-1ab8f74b0f7b0611@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrB0S5BMv+0-wTTqWFE-BJ0noWqTnDu9QQfjZ2VSpLv_g@mail.gmail.com
Both apply and tablesync workers were using ApplyWorkerMain() as entry
point. As the name implies, ApplyWorkerMain() should be considered as
the main function for apply workers. Tablesync worker's path was hidden
and does not have enough in common to share the same main function with
apply worker.
Also, most of the code shared by both worker types is already combined
in LogicalRepApplyLoop(). There is no need to combine the rest in
ApplyWorkerMain() anymore.
This patch introduces TablesyncWorkerMain() as a new entry point for
tablesync workers. This aims to increase code readability and would help
with future improvements like the reuse of tablesync workers in the
initial synchronization.
Author: Melih Mutlu based on suggestions by Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Kuroda Hayato, Amit Kapila
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAGPVpCTq=rUDd4JUdaRc1XUWf4BrH2gdSNf3rtOMUGj9rPpfzQ@mail.gmail.com